CDCB construction standards v 1.1 Feb 2014 by cdcb come dream. come build.

Community Development Corporation of Brownsville

CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS

Version 01.1 February 2014

CDCB Construction Standards Version 01.1 February 4, 2014

Community Development Corporation of Brownsville 901 East Levee Street Brownsville, Texas 78520 956.541.4955 Prepared by: buildingcommunityWORKSHOP 416 South Ervay Street Dallas, Texas 75201 214.252.2900

INTRODUCTION & USER INSTRUCTIONS

Introduction & User Instructions

Page 5

INTRODUCTION CDCB Construction Standards are a customized set of best practices intended to regulate and elevate CDCB construction quality, improving the overall quality of life for CDCB clients. These standards will ensure that CDCB residential projects are planned, designed, and constructed to promote sustainable development as well as promote best practices for the Lower Rio Grande Valley. These standards ensure continuity and equity between CDCB products and standardize CDCB process, policies, and procedures. Three volumes are contained within the CDCB Construction Standards: Design Ethos, Single Family Residential Standards, and Multi-Family Residential Standards.

VOLUMES Design Ethos: Design Ethos provides guidelines for the design phase of all CDCB residential projects, clarifying the ideology and qualitative design goals which CDCB maintains in all of itâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s work. This volume is primarily intended for use by architects, landscape architects and consultants during design, however, all parties are responsible for maintaining these principles throughout the entire construction process. Single Family Residential Standards: Single Family Residential Standards provide practical instructions necessary to complete CDCB single-family, single lot residential projects, including all acceptable materials and installation procedures. This volume is primarily intended for use by contractors and sub-contractors, who are responsible to maintaining these standards throughout the entire construction process. Architects and consultants should reference this document during design for clarification on acceptable construction methods and materials. Multi-Family Residential Standards: Multi-Family Residential Standards provide requirements specific to multi-family and multi-unit projects, defined as 4 or more units located on 1 lot. The purpose of this volume is to raise the standard of work when necessary and feasible for larger projects. Contractors, sub-contractors, architects and consultants are to use this volume in conjunction with the Single Family Residential Standards, which is still applicable to all multi-family projects.

ORGANIZATION Single Family Residential Standards and Multi-Family Residential Standards are organized using the following system. In the Multi-Family Residential Standards, sections that do not have additional requirements are intentionally left blank. Section 01: General Requirements: Section 01: General Requirements outlines standards relevant to all projects, trades and construction processes. This section is intended for use by CDCB staďŹ&#x20AC;, architects, contractors, and builders in order to maintain uniform expectations and procedures throughout. Section 02: Existing Conditions: Section 02: Existing Conditions pertains to renovation projects and projects which contain existing structures on site. It does not apply to all projects.

Introduction & User Instructions

Page 6

Sections 03 Through 17: Sections 03 through 17 address individual trades and project scope areas. They are intended to be used, distributed, and taught independently, although they contain references to other sections when necessary. They are ordered sequentially in terms of construction activities. Each section is divided into parts, to clarify areas of work within the larger category. The first portion within each part, when applicable, is “Performance Standards”, which list the national and regional performance standards that must be met on all CDCB residential projects and are applicable to that portion of work. These standards include: -

ENERGY STAR 3.0 [U.S. Environmental Protection Agency] Green Built RGV Home [Green Built Rio Grande Valley] Indoor airPLUS [U.S. Environmental Protection Agency] Lower Rio Grande Valley Low Impact Development Guidelines [Center for Research in Water Resources and the Lady Bird Johnson Wildflower Center] - South Coast Air Quality Management District rules on the limits of VOCs. - Windstorm Insurance Program Requirements [Texas Department of Insurance] The second portion within each part, when applicable, is “Reference Standards”. These are sets of best practices by relevant trade groups, intended to provide contractors and sub-contractors with an understanding of expected quality of work. These documents are either included in the Appendix or are readily available free of charge online, with the web address indicated.

UPDATING THIS DOCUMENT In order for the CDCB Construction Standards to remain relevant, this document must be revised and updated at least once a year. CDCB shall be responsible for updating this document. The updating process shall include input on recommended improvements from CDCB staﬀ, architects, or other consultants as CDCB sees fit. Input from contractors who have used this document is required. Based on this feedback, CDCB shall create an updated document, which shall supersede the existing document for all future projects. Projects already under construction shall adapt to new standards as feasible. CDCB shall make the revised document available to all relevant parties and shall hold one or more meetings to describe changes and answer any questions.

DESIGN ETHOS

Design Ethos

Page 9

DESIGN ETHOS I.

Community Values: Community values of equity and choice should be embraced in all aspects of the design process to create high quality aﬀordable housing. This in turn will contribute to neighborhoods that are socially sustainable, environmentally friendly and attractive to people of all income levels.

II. Architectural Image and Visibility: The architectural image should be one that contributes to culturally diverse communities and streets of varied housing stock and visual interest. Culturally, communally, and contextually informed design will prevent the creation of homogeneous neighborhoods and will contribute to the long-term growth of the RGV as a place. III. Site Planning / Image: Site planning should be designed to create public spaces that maximize social/economic activity and that contain green space, walking paths, and outdoor gathering areas. Design should be authentic to place and contribute to smart growth strategies through select infill and compact development that serves homebuyer family needs. Residences should be orientated with outdoor living spaces that address the street and should minimize parking and impervious paving whenever possible. IV. Streets: Streets are places for people and should be designed to promote beauty, comfort and social interactions. Pedestrian and cyclist traffic should be prioritized while accommodating users of all ages and abilities regardless of their mode of transportation. In doing so, streets should include traffic speeds appropriate to their particular context and should be planned to the minimum allowable width under governing jurisdiction. Streets should have the capacity to serve multiple purposes and their design should balance safety with convenience while promoting overall community health. V. Sidewalks: Sidewalks are the point of intersection between public and private realms and should promote community engagement between the street, the porch, and passers by. As urban arterials of our neighborhoods, sidewalks should provide safe, well lit, adequately sized transportation routes that accommodate diverse groups of users and activities. Sidewalks should provide places to gather, rest, and play and should be designed in conjunction with the street to encourage activity. VI. Crosswalks: Crosswalks should be an extension of the sidewalk and should be designed to maximize pedestrian safety by minimizing the route distance between opposing sides of the street through necked down street crossings. Crosswalks should contain accessible curb ramps, adequate curb radii, and clear markings to facilitate a safe connection for all pedestrians. VII.Fire Lanes: Fire lanes should be considered streets and should be designed to the minimum allowable width under governing jurisdiction. Whenever possible, fire lanes should accommodate multiple functions including vehicular traffic, pedestrian connections, and social gatherings. VIII.Storm Water Management: Storm water management should be thought of as a comprehensive approach to water management, landscape, and public green space. Water management should work to maintain and enhance the natural hydrologic systems/watershed by treating storm water onsite whenever possible. The design and installation of water systems should be visually appealing and inviting to the community for recreational and passive uses. Water management strategies should promote long-term sustainability of place as a result of reductions in construction and maintenance costs, and health and environmental benefits.

Design Ethos

Page 10

IX. Landscaping: Landscaping should enhance the natural beauty of the LRGV and contribute to environmental and economic sustainability of place. Landscape design should incorporate plants native to South Texas that are drought tolerant, diverse and require little to no maintenance. Whenever possible, existing healthy trees and native vegetation on site should be preserved for future enjoyment. X. Vertical Construction: Vertical construction should be designed to address the unique needs of each client and should be affordable, environmentally friendly, adaptable, and easy to maintain. Residential design should promote a healthy living environment that incorporates quality craftsmanship, natural ventilation, natural light, durable materials, and appropriate weatherization. XI. Utilities: Utilities should be designed to maximize energy efficiency and to minimize daily living expenses. Utility design should incorporate renewable strategies and utilize efficiencies achieved at scale whenever possible. XII.Lighting: Lighting should promote a sense of safety and security. Adequate lighting should be provided in community spaces and along circulation routes to promote evening and nighttime activities. Lighting shall be energy efficient and not directed towards private residences. XIII.Materials: Materials should be selected, installed, and sorted to promote responsible economic and environmental practices. Materials should be evaluated and selected to maximize long-term durability and performance while minimizing overall costs. Materials should be installed to optimize material efficiencies and reduce waste through smart design and detailing. XIV.Waste Management: Waste management strategies should be thoughtfully planned, organized, and executed to minimize construction waste onsite whenever possible. Recycling and reusing materials will reduce stress on limited landfill space, decrease the demand on natural raw materials, and lower expenses associated with waste disposal fees and new material purchasing.

SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENTIAL STANDARDS

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Definitions B. Order of Precedence C. Contracting Requirements D. State, National and Regional Standards E. Pre-Construction F. Jobsite Conditions G. Submittals H. Construction Administration I. Closeout

SECTION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Investigation B. Brownfield Sites C. Asbestos Abatement D. Lead Abatement E. Mold Abatement F. Demolition G. Repair Work

SECTION 03: EARTHWORK A. Stormwater Management B. Excavation and Rough Grading C. Landscape and Tree Protection

SECTION 04: FOUNDATION A. Foundation

SECTION 05: FRAMING A. Rough Carpentry B. Sheathing C. Drywall D. Porches, Decks and Carports

SECTION 06: WINDOWS AND DOORS A. Windows B. Exterior Doors C. Interior Doors

SECTION 07: HVAC A. Ventilation & Ductwork B. Mechanical Systems

SECTION 08: PLUMBING A. Plumbing B. Plumbing Fixtures

SECTION 09: ELECTRICAL A. Electrical B. Telecommunications C. Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Alarms D. Security System

SECTION 10: INSULATION A. Insulation

SECTION 11: WEATHER BARRIERS A. Weather Barriers

SECTION 12: ROOFING A. Roofing

SECTION 13: EXTERIOR FINISHES A. Siding B. Brick Veneer C. Signage

SECTION 14: INTERIOR FINISHES A. Paint B. Ceramic Tile C. Vinyl Flooring D. Stained Concrete

SECTION 15: FINISH CARPENTRY A. Trim and Molding B. Cabinetry and Shelving

105

SECTION 16: APPLIANCES A. Appliances

111

SECTION 17: LANDSCAPE A. Paving B. Fencing C. Irrigation D. Planting

115

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 15

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

[01]

PART A: DEFINITIONS I. Architect: The Architect shall be licensed in the state of Texas. When no Architect has been engaged by CDCB, CDCB shall perform all duties designated to the Architect.

II. CDCB: The Community Development Corporation of Brownsville

III. Commencement Date: The commencement date is the date represented on the Notice to Proceed. Contractor shall proceed with the construction work no later than fifteen calendar days after the commencement date.

IV. Contractor: The contractor/builder responsible for completing the work as defined within the Contract.

V. Final Completion: Date at which all construction activities are complete and the structure is ready for occupation. Final completion must be approved by the Contractor, CDCB and local building oďŹ&#x192;cials.

VI. Homeowner: The person or persons for whom the property is constructed. The Homeowner shall be defined within the Contract. Depending on the project, there may be one Homeowner, multiple Homeowners or no Homeowners.

PART B: ORDER OF PRECEDENCE I. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to meet all legal obligations for the completion of the project, including compliance with all applicable laws, codes and standards. CDCB does not guarantee in any way that this document will ensure compliance.

II. The specifications within this document shall be required for all residential projects of CDCB.

III. If these written specifications conflict with other Contract Documents, request clarification from the Architect before proceeding.

IV. The standards below represent a minimum acceptable quality of work. Where more stringent requirements exist, comply with the more stringent standards.

PART C: CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS I. Required Documentation: The Contractor shall ensure all documents submitted for acceptance into the Qualified Bidders List are up to date at time of contract award.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 16

II. Insurance: Contractor shall be required to obtain and maintain in full force insurance, as described in the contract. Insurance must be submitted to CDCB within 10 days of award of contract.

III. Scope: Unless otherwise provided in the Contract Documents, the Contractor shall provide and pay for everything necessary for proper execution and completion of the work. This includes all labor, materials, equipment, tools, construction equipment and machinery, water, heat, utilities, transportation and other facilities 10.

IV. Section 3: When applicable, requirements of Section 3 of the Housing and Urban Development Act of 1968 as amended, 12 U.S.C. 1701u (section 3) must be met. Further details can be found in the Contract when applicable.

V. Fair Wages: All workers must be paid local prevailing wages, as determined for the Davis-Bacon Act, regardless if the project is federally funded or not. These current wages are defined under General Decision Number TX130005 01/04/2013 TX5, available free online at <http://www.wdol.gov/wdol/scafiles/davisbacon/tx5.dvb>. These rates shall be reflected in bid amount.

VI. ENERGY STAR: All contractors shall be ENERGY STAR Partners, by completing the ENERGY STAR Partnership Agreement and necessary training. This can be completed at no cost to the Contractor. More information can be found at www.energystar.gov.

VII.This Document: The Contractor shall be responsible for full adherence to all requirements laid out within this document at all stages of construction. Contractor must review and understand this document prior to the PreConstruction Meeting and continuously review it throughout construction.

PART D: STATE, NATIONAL AND REGIONAL STANDARDS I. General Condition: The Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring the finished project meets all of the following relevant codes and standards. The following is for informational purposes only and is not guaranteed to cover all necessary codes and standards.

II. International Residential Code: All projects built by CDCB shall be built to the standards of the most recent International Residential Code (IRC). This is not necessarily the most recently adopted IRC by Cameron County and the City of Brownsville. A. When there is any conflict between the most recent IRC, the most recently adopted IRC by Cameron County and City of Brownsville, and/or this document, the most stringent requirements shall be used. B. If no IRC requirements, the Contractor is required to build to the 2009 IRC requirements. C. CDCB shall ensure that CDCB staﬀ is trained in the most recent version of IRC.

III. Governmental Energy Eﬃciency Standards: A. Universal design features in new construction, established by § 2306.514 Texas Government Code

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 17

B. Energy standards as verified by a REScheck certification. C. Energy efficiency standards established under § 2306.187, Texas Government Code. D. Energy efficiency standards established under the 2001 International Energy Conservation Code, provided, however, that if the local jurisdiction has adopted subsequent versions, those versions shall apply instead; and energy efficiency standards established under the 2001 International Residential Codes, as required by Subchapter G, Chapter 214, Local Government Code.

IV. Federal Laws: Contractor is responsible for complying with all relevant federal laws, rules and regulations, including but not limited to the following: A. Flood Zone Restrictions: When project is in an area delineated as a special flood hazard area (defined as zone “A”, “V”, “M” and “E” series) (44 CCFR 64.3) in Federal Emergency Management Agency’s (FEMA) most current flood advisory maps (Flood Insurance Rate Map, as amended by Letters of Map Amendment or Letters of Map Revisions), Contractor must ensure that the action is designed or modified to minimize harm to or within the flood plain in accordance with Executive Order 11988 and 24 CFR Part 35, Subpart B as applicable. B. Lead-Based Paint: For rehabilitation projects, Contractor is responsible for compliance with the LeadBased Paint Regulations at 24 CFR 570.608 and 24 CFR Part 35, Subpart B, As applicable. C. Noise Abatement: Contractor is responsible for compliance with noise abatement and control policies established by HUD in 24 CFR Part 51, Subpart B. To help ensure noise levels do not become excessive, construction activities should be restricted to daylight hours and weekend work should be minimized. 1. Any mitigation shall be included in scope or work at Invitation For Bids. D. Archeological Discoveries: Contractor is responsible for compliance with the National Historic Preservation Act of 1966, as amended by 16 USC 470 and 36 CFR Part 800, when applicable. E. OMB Circular A-110: All projects using federal funds must follow procurement standards established by OMB Circular A-110. When acting in it its CHSO capacity, standards and conflict of interest provisions found in 24 CFR 85.36 F. Federal Funding: When federal funds such as HOME funds are used in financing a development, the design must comply with all applicable federal regulations.

V. CDCB Mandated Performance Standards: The following regional and national performance standards shall be applied to all CDCB projects. This document was written with these standards in mind, but does not guarantee full compliance. Contractor shall be required to submit all documentation necessary towards the completion of these standards. Contractor shall inform CDCB of any discrepancies between this document and the following standards in order that this document can be modified to better assist in meeting these goals. A. ENERGY STAR [U.S. Environmental Protection Agency] 1. As of this writing the most recent version of ENERGY STAR is 3.0 Rev. 07, attached as Appendix B. Contractor shall meet the requirements of the most recent version. B. Green Built RGV Home [Green Built Rio Grande Valley] 1. As of this writing, the current standards are attached as Appendix C. C. Indoor airPLUS [U.S. Environmental Protection Agency] 1.As of this writing, the current standards are available free online at <http://www.epa.gov/iaplus01/ construction_specifications.html>.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 18

D. South Coast Air Quality Management District rules on the limits of VOCs. 1.As of this writing, the current standards are available free online at <http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/ reg11/r1113.pdf> (Rule 1113) and <http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1168.pdf> (Rule 1168). E. Windstorm Insurance Program [Texas Department of Insurance] 1. As of this writing the most recent requirements are the 2006 Texas Revisions to the 2006 International Residential Code, available free online at <http://www.tdi.texas.gov/wind/documents/ 2006_Texas_Revisions1.pdf>.

PART E: PRE-CONSTRUCTION I. Permits: The Contractor shall secure and pay for all necessary permits. The Contractor and/or his/her subcontractors, shall secure and pay for all other permits and governmental fees, licenses, and inspections necessary for proper execution and completion of the work 10.

II. Meeting with Homeowners: CDCB, Contractor and homeowners shall meet in order to review contract prior to the beginning of construction. This meeting may or may not be combined with the pre-construction meeting.

III. Pre-Construction Meeting: A. Attendees: Prior to construction, representatives of the following parties shall meet to coordinate construction: 1. CDCB and/or Architect 2. Contractor 3. Major Sub-contractors. CDCB shall determine which sub-contractors are required. B. Agenda: The following items shall be discussed: 1. Distribution of Contract Documents. 2. Submission of list of Subcontractors, list of Products, schedule of values, and progress schedule. 3. Designation of personnel representing the parties to Contract, Owner and Architect. 4. Review of the procedures and standards outlined in this document. 5. Project Schedule

IV. Vacation by Homeowner: If Homeowner is currently living on site of new construction, the Homeowner shall have a minimum of 10 days to vacate the property and store any personal property that may be damaged during construction. If property is damaged through negligence of the Contractor, the Contractor shall reimburse Homeowner. The Homeowner is responsible for securing and paying for their own temporary residence, as well as any storage fees for their belongings.

Notice to Proceed: Notice to proceed shall not be issued until after the contract has been signed. Issuance of Notice to Proceed shall be at the discretion of CDCB, but shall not occur until the homeowner has fully vacated the property and all utilities have been disconnected. Contractor shall not begin any work until the Notice to Proceed has been issued, in writing by CDCB.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 19

PART F: JOBSITE CONDITIONS I. Trash Receptacle: Contractor shall provide a trash receptacle of adequate size to handle debris generated by construction. Container may be either a dumpster or may be built on site. A. Receptacle shall not be located in the Right-Of-Way. B. All construction debris shall be cleared from the job site to a legal landfill dump.

II. Cleaning: A. Debris shall be removed from interior of the dwelling daily. B. Site shall be left in broom clean condition daily. C. Walkways shall be kept clear of debris, materials and tools. D. Contractor is responsible for preventing damage to all finish materials, and shall keep the site clean to prevent unnecessary damage.

III. Disposal of Materials: A. Do not burn or bury any debris or trash on site 10. B. Do not discharge volatile, harmful or dangerous materials into drainage system 10. C. Recycling: Contractor shall provide a separate, clearly marked container for recycling. A minimum of twice during construction process, Contractor shall transport recyclable materials to an approved facility and provide CDCB with a copy of receipt.

IV. Toilet: Contractor shall provide temporary toilet facilities from job start until approval of permanent facilities. V. Temporary Utilities: Contractor shall provide temporary utilities as necessary to complete the project.

VI. Receiving of Materials: Contractor shall be responsible for receiving all materials. A. When materials are received by Contractor, the payment process shall be initiated as soon as possible to take advantage of any early payment discounts and to allow time for processing to avoid any late fees / interest penalties.

VII.Storage of Materials: A. Keep materials dry. Protect stored-on-site and installed absorptive materials from moisture damage 9. B. Verify that installed materials and products are dry prior to sealing and weatherproofing the building envelope 9. C. Schedule work such that absorptive materials, including but not limited to porous insulations, paper-faced gypsum board, ceiling tile, and finish flooring, are not installed until they can be protected from rain and construction-related water 9. D. Schedule installation of moisture-control materials, including but not limited to air barriers, flashing, exterior sealants and roofing, at the earliest possible time 9.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 20

E. Contractor shall be responsible for protection of the construction site and building materials, including losses for theft.

VIII.Smoking: Smoking is prohibited inside the building and within 10 feet of any window and door openings 10. All cigarette butts must be properly disposed of.

IX. Drugs and Alcohol: Drugs and alcohol are not permitted on the job site.

X. OSHA: Contractor is required to ensure that all relevant safety regulations by the Occupational Safety & Health Administration (OSHA) are met. The requirements of this document do not supersede any OSHA requirements.

XI. Ladders: A. Ladders shall be kept in good condition. B. Ladders should not be placed along main circulation routes. C. Ladders shall be placed at a proper angles (a minimum of 1 foot out from the base for every 4 feet of vertical rise) 12.

XII. Scaffolding: A. Contractor shall provide safe access on and off scaffolding 12. B. Scaffolding must be designed and built to withstand the weight of four times the intended load 12. C. Scaffolding must be placed on firm footings 12. D. Scaffolding must have base plates at a minimum of 4 inches in height. E. Platforms must be within 14 inches of the face of the work 12. F. Platform must extend a minimum of 6 inches over the edges of scaffolding, but not more than 12 inches 12. G. Scaffolding may not be used to store materials. H. Scaffolding platforms 10 feet above the ground or higher must have guardrails.

XIII. Roof: Workers may not be on the roof during storms, high winds or other adverse weather conditions.

XIV. Tools and Equipment: A. Maintain all hand tools and equipment in a safe condition and check regularly for defects 12. B. Follow manufacturer’s recommendations for safe use of all tools 12 C. All power saws shall be equipped with blade guards 12. D. Workers using powder-activated tools must receive proper training prior to using the tools 12. E. Always be sure that hose connections are secure when using pneumatic tools 12. F. Never leave cartridges for pneumatic or powder-actuated tools unattended. Keep equipment in a safe place, according to the manufacturer's instructions 12.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 21

XV. Electrical Work: A. All work on existing and new energized circuits shall not occur until all power is shut oďŹ&#x20AC;. B. All frayed or damaged electrical cords and cables shall be replaced immediately 12. C. All temporary power shall be protected with ground fault circuit interrupters (GFCIs) 12.

XVI. Fire Prevention: A. At least one fire extinguisher must be on site at all times. B. Extinguisher must be inspected regularly and be up to date. C. Fire extinguishers must be near all welding, soldering or other sources of ignition. D. Store gasoline and other flammable liquids in a safety can outdoors or in an approved storage facility 12. E. Any leaks or spills of flammable or combustible materials must be cleaned immediately and thoroughly 12.

XVII. Heavy Equipment Safety: A. All operators of heavy equipment must be trained to ensure safe operation. B. Equipment shall not be left running while unattended 11. C. Equipment must be operated at a safe speed. D. Never stand underneath heavy equipment or loads elevated by heavy equipment 11. E. Workers may not climb on or oďŹ&#x20AC; equipment while moving. F. Keep equipment at least ten feet away from electrical lines.

XVIII.Protection of Adjacent Areas: A. Provide temporary barricades and other protection required to prevent injury to people and damage to adjacent buildings 10. B. Protect adjacent properties, structures, landscaping and vehicles as necessary to prevent damage, dust, and contamination 10. C. Do not close or obstruct streets, sidewalks or other occupied or used facilities without obtaining permission from local authorities 10. D. The repair or replacement of any damage caused during demolition is the responsibility of the Contractor. E. Wetlands: All properties adjacent to a wetland shall have a temporary silt fence to prevent construction debris from entering wetland. Silt fence shall meet requirements in Section 03, Part A: Stormwater Management.

PART G: SUBMITTALS I. Scope: On an annual basis, the following items are required to be approved before use in construction. Additional products shall need to be approved by submittal when required by the Construction Documents: A. Windows and Doors: Windows and related hardware, doors and related hardware.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 22

B. HVAC: Heating and air conditions units, thermostats. C. Plumbing: Plumbing fixtures. D. Electrical: Electrical fixtures, security system. E. Insulation and Thermal Protection: Insulation. F. Weather Barriers: Weather barrier membrane. G. Roofing: All roofing. H. Exterior Finishes: Cedar siding, fiber cement siding, stucco, brick. I. Interior Finishes: Paint color samples, ceramic tile samples, all flooring. J. Finish Carpentry: Cabinetry hardware. K. Appliances: All appliances. L. Landscape: All paving materials, fencing materials, irrigation fixtures.

II. Approval Process: Products shall be approved using one of the following methods: A. Submission for approval as part of the Construction Documents. B. Approval in conjunction with a specific home model. 1. When a new home model is introduced, the Contractor shall provide CDCB with a submittal for approval. Submittals are to be reviewed by CDCB to ensure they meet requirements. 2. For each home model a Contractor is oďŹ&#x20AC;ering, a submittal of products shall be supplied to CDCB on an annual basis. C. Inclusion on the Approved Product List, as outlined below.

III. Approved Product List: A. To minimize redundant submittals, CDCB shall maintain a list of approved products for use in CDCB dwellings. B. Each product shall be approved for one year from the date of approval of submittal. After this period has passed the product shall need to be resubmitted. C. When approving submittals, CDCB shall clarify if submittal is approved for use on single project, all CDCB projects, or any combination thereof. CDCB can also approve a series of products, particularly for products which are customized such as windows, doors and fixtures. CDCB may also choose to approve the same product in a variety of finishes. D. CDCB shall continually update list as new products are approved. E. CDCB shall supply all Contractors currently working on CDCB projects with an updated list at least once a quarter. CDCB shall also supply the most current list at the awarding of all contracts. F. Contractor may request an up-to-date version of the list at any time. G. CDCB may add or remove items from list at any time.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 23

IV. Procedures for Submittals: A. The Contractor shall perform no portion of the work requiring submittal and review until the respective submittal has been approved by CDCB and/or Architect 10. B. Contractor shall be responsible for ensuring all submittals conform to the requirements of this document. C. CDCB shall review and have final approval over all submittals. D. Submit to Architect for review for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with design intentions as codified in the Construction Documents. E. Sequentially number each submittal. Revise submittals with original number and a sequential alphabetic suďŹ&#x192;x. F. Submittal Form: CDCB shall supply to all Contractors a standardized submittal form which includes spaces for the following information: 1. Submittal Identification Number 2. Project, Contractor, Subcontractor or supplier 3. Relevant section of this document, as appropriate on each copy. Any variation between the submittal and this document must be clearly identified by Contractor on an attached page, along with written justification for this variation. 4. Relevant drawing and detail number, a copy of which is to be submitted with the submittal. G. Schedule submittals to expedite the Project, and coordinate submission of related items. H. For each submittal, allow ten business days for review. I. After review by Architect, CDCB shall review each submittal. J. If rejected, submittal may be revised for resubmission. When revised for resubmission, identify all changes made since previous submission. K. Distribute approved submittals as appropriate. Instruct parties to promptly report any inability to comply with requirements.

PART H. CONSTRUCTION ADMINISTRATION I. Schedule: A. CDCB shall set schedule of construction progress and deadlines. Contractor agrees to this schedule by accepting the work. B. CDCB shall update schedule to reflect job site realities.

II. Coordination of Work: Contractor shall be responsible to coordinate work among sub-contractors to maximize eďŹ&#x192;ciency. Work completed out of sequence and requiring rework shall be the responsibility of Contractor to complete at no cost to CDCB or Homeowner.

III. Payment: If Construction Funds originate through CDCB, the below process must be used. A. Applications for progress payment shall be submitted at intervals stipulated in the contract. B. Contractor shall use a standard form for all payment requests as per program requirements.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 24

C. Forms shall be filled out in a clearly legible manner. Illegible forms will be returned and require resubmission. D. Payment shall be based on portion of work completed and value of purchased but uninstalled materials. E. Documentation: Prior to all payment requests the following documentation must be submitted: 1. Request for Payment, signed by Contractor 2. Itemization of costs incurred 3. Progress Inspection Report, complete with appropriate signatures F. Withholding Payment: CDCB shall be entitled to withhold payment for any of the following reasons: 1. The location, installation or construction of the project violates or interferes with any applicable recorded instrument or governmental regulation aďŹ&#x20AC;ecting the property. 2. Project requirements, such as ENERGY STAR or Indoor airPLUS, are not met. 3. Contractor makes a material misrepresentation in the Request for Payment 4. Notice of a claim or lien on the property has been received in connection with the construction, repair or installation of the project, and has not been released. 5. Safety procedures on site have been violated to the extent which employees on site are in danger of immediate bodily harm.

IV. Change Management: If construction funds originate through CDCB, the below process must be followed. A. All changes from the approved construction documents must be approved by CDCB. Where not specifically outlined in the construction documents, Contractor may use professional judgement to deliver a building of the standards outlined in this document and in the Construction Drawings. B. All changes must be submitted to CDCB in writing, either through e-mail or in print. C. For minor changes, defined here as changes with no change in contract price or contract time, CDCB shall communicate directly with the Contractor. D. Change Orders: For changes in contract price or contract time, a change order shall be issued by CDCB. 1. The document will describe the required changes and will designate method of determining any change in Contract Price or Contract Time. 2. Approval of the Change Order shall be at the discretion of CDCB. 3. The Contractor shall promptly execute the change. 4. For changes for which advance pricing is desired, the Architect will issue a document including revised drawings and specifications. Contractor shall prepare and submit a fixed price quotation within five business days. 5. Execution of Change Orders: Architect will issue Change Orders for signatures of parties as provided in the Conditions of the Contract. E. Contingency Allowance: Funds shall only be drawn from Contingency Allowance by Change Order. 1. Prior to final completion, all remaining contingency funds will be credited to CDCB by Change Order. 2. Costs Included in Inspecting and Testing Allowances: a. Cost of engaging an inspecting or testing agency

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 25

b. Execution of inspections and tests. c. Reporting results. 3.Costs Not Included in the Inspecting and Testing Allowances: a. Costs of incidental labor and facilities required to assist inspecting or testing agency. b. Costs of retesting upon failure of previous tests as determined by Architect.

V. Field Visits: CDCB, the Architect, all consultants, and all agencies involved with funding of the project shall have the right to observe work. Such observations are not inspections and all liability remains on Contractor to provide code compliant structures fulfilling the requirements of this document and other contract documents. A. One of the above parties may inform the Contractor of the intent to visit the site and request a representative of the Contractor join them for the visit. Contractor shall make a good faith eďŹ&#x20AC;ort to accommodate the visit. B. The above parties also have the right to visit the site at any time without notice to Contractor. C. Above parties are expected to observe all safety procedures and avoid damaging the property. D. If the visiting party discovers work they do not approve of, they must submit written notice to CDCB, the Architect and the Contractor of the discrepancy. CDCB shall make the final determination if corrective action needs to be taken. E. CDCB and/or the Architect shall visit the site a minimum of once per week during the construction period.

VI. Progress Meetings: A. Progress meetings shall be held at regular intervals throughout the construction process between CDCB, the Contractor and relevant subcontractors. B. Meetings shall at a consistent day and time as outlined in the Contract. C. When applicable, a progress meeting shall always proceed the approval of a payment request. D. Meeting shall occur at project site whenever feasible. E. Meeting Items: The following items shall be discussed: 1. Review of ongoing items from previous meetings. 2. Review of work progress. 3. Field observations, problems, and decisions. 4. Identification of problems that impede, or will impede, planned progress. 5. Review of planned submittals and status of submittals. 6. Maintenance of progress schedule. 7. Planned progress during succeeding work period. 8. Maintenance of quality and work standards. 9. EďŹ&#x20AC;ect of proposed changes on progress schedule and coordination. 10. Other topics relating to the work

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 26

VII.Dispute Resolution: All claims or disputes between Contractor and CDCB shall be handled as described in the Contract.

PART I: CLOSEOUT I. Completion Date: A. Project is not considered complete until completion of the Punch List, Owner’s Inspection and Final Inspection and Final Cleaning as described below. B. Contractor agrees to complete, free of liens or rights of liens of contractors mechanics, laborers, all work listen within the time specified in the Contract. C. CDCB shall have the right to impose upon the Contractor, liquidated and/or ascertained damages up to an amount of $200 per day (24 hour period) following the Completion Date. D. Delays are only excusable when approved by CDCB for strikes, acts of God, or other reasons beyond the control of CDCB, the Homeowner and Contractor.

II. Punch List: A. CDCB and/or the Architect shall complete a punch list verifying 100% completion of the work. B. Contractor shall be required to remedy all issues within the punch list. C. CDCB shall maintain a minimum of two copies of punch list, including one copy put on file.

III. Homeowner’s Inspection: When the Contractor notifies the Homeowner that the Home is complete and ready to occupy, the Homeowner agrees to conduct an inspection within seven calendar days. A. It is recommended that a representative of the Architect or CDCB is present. B. Homeowner shall identify any perceived issues and give a written list to CDCB. C. CDCB shall determine which are deficiencies of work and direct the Contractor to correct them. D. A Walk-Though form shall be presented to the Homeowner during the inspection. If the Homeowner accepts the house, the form is signed and dated.

IV. Final Inspection: A. A final inspection shall be performed by a licensed Texas Real Estate Commission (TREC) inspector. B. Contractor and Contractor’s electrician shall be present during the inspection. C. The TREC inspector shall provide “After” photographs of the site-location. D. All deficiencies must be repaired as stated in the inspection report. E. If inspection is not passed, project must be re-inspected until a clean TREC Inspection Report is received. F. CDCB shall pay the final inspection fee, directly to the TREC Inspector, provided the final inspection does not pass due to incompletion

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 27

V. ENERGY STAR Inspection: A. Prior to completion project must complete an inspection by an ENERGY STAR approved Rater and be ENERGY STAR Certified. B. Checklists: To be certified, the following checklists, attached as Appendix B, must be completed: 1. Thermal Enclosure System Rater Checklist 2. HVAC System Quality Installation Contractor Checklist 3. HVAC System Quality Installation Rater Checklist 4. Indoor airPLUS Verification Checklist. C. Project must be labeled and Homeowners must receive an ENERGY STAR certificate per requirements of the EPA.

VI.Final Cleaning: At completion of Work, a final cleaning must take place so the project is clean and ready for occupancy 9. For projects which are part of the Self Help Program, Homeowner shall conduct a large portion of the cleaning as part of their required 200 hours for the project. A. Clean project site, yards, and grounds, including removal of rubbish, waste material, litter and other foreign substances 10. B. Remove temporary toilet, trash receptacle and other construction equipment from site. C. Sweep paved areas broom clean. Remove petrochemical spills, stains and other foreign deposits 10. D. Remove tools, construction equipment, machinery, and surplus material from project site 10. E. Clean exterior hard-surface finishes. Do not disturb natural weathering 10. F. Mop all hard surface floors 10. G. Wipe down walls, ceilings and fixtures 10. H. Remove all stains and paints from glass, flooring, plastic laminate, metal and similar finishes. The interior of the building is to be dust free, ready for the Lead Risk Assessors to perform their final assessment 10. I. Remove any labels that are not permanent 10. J. Replace disposable air filters and clean permanent air filters 10. K. Replace any burned-out or noticeably dim bulbs 10.

VII.Homeowner Education: CDCB shall ensure that Homeowner shall be educated on proper use and care of their dwellings, including all control systems within the dwelling. A. Contractor shall furnish to Homeowner all Operation & Maintenance Manuals provided by manufacturers for equipment within their home. B. CDCB shall meet with Homeowner on site to ensure they fully understand the features of their new residence. C. CDCB shall instruct Homeowner in energy saving features of the residence. D. CDCB shall instruct Homeowner in proper care of landscaping, particularly stormwater control features Homeowner may be unfamiliar with. E. This education shall meet requirements H2 and H3 of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines, as detailed in Appendix C.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 28

VIII.Warranties: Contractor shall provide a set of limited warranties and building and performance standards which include: A. One-year workmanship and materials warranty. Any defects that appear within this period and arise from defective or improper materials or workmanship shall, upon notification of CDCB, be corrected by Contractor, at Contractor’s expense within 10 working days after receipt of notice. B. One-year mechanical and delivery system warranty. C. Ten-year structural warranty. If Contractor does not exist during this period, CDCB shall be responsible. D. Contractor shall furnish the Homeowner, with all manufactures’ and suppliers’ written guarantees and warranties covering materials and equipment furnished under the Contract. E. Contractor shall also provide, according to “Warranty Standards”: 1. For any items for which standards are not published, the standards of construction established under the Housing Quality Standards that have been approved by the U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development shall be used. 2. Except where preempted by the above express standards, all applied warranties. F. Warranties shall be submitted prior to Final Payment in a 3-ring vinyl covered binder, divided by tabs. G. Warranties shall be delivered to Homeowner at time of site turnover.

IX. Final Payment: CDCB shall withhold a 10% retainer until the below requirements are met for final payment: A. Request for Payment, signed by Contractor and Inspector B. Itemization of costs incurred C. Signed and notarized Lien Waiver Aﬃdavit D. Signed and notarized Final Bills Paid Aﬃdavit by Contractor E. A completely executed Final Inspection Report signed and dated. The date shall be used to begin calculating the 30 period for retainage requirements. F. A completed copy of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley Checklist, as included in Appendix C. G. All checklists required for ENERGY STAR and Indoor airPLUS Qualification, including proof of all tests necessary for this qualification. H. Photographs of completed construction, clearly printed with address of home including: 1. 2 showing full views of both the front and back elevation 2. 1 showing full views of each side elevation 3. 1 of each interior living space G.

HUD Contract and Sub-Contract Activity Report for projects receiving HUD financing if applicable.

X. Indemnification: Upon completion of the project, the Contractor shall provide a complete waiver of liens, stating that the Contractor has received payment for all labor and materials related to the project and disclaiming any right to file a lien against the property 10. A. On projects in which CDCB is serving as Contractor, waiver of liens shall be required from all subcontractors.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 29

XI.Site Turnover: A. At final completion, terminate and remove temporary facilities from Project site, along with mockups, excess materials, construction tools, and similar items 10. B. Remove all temporary locks installed during construction process and make final changeover of permanent locks. Deliver keys to CDCB.

REFERENCES 1. buildingcommunityWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. CDCB, Construction Agreement, June 27, 2013 3. CDCB, Existing Specifications for 864 sq. ft. Colonia homes. November 8, 2012 4. CDCB, Purchasing Policies & Procedure Manual, July 26, 2011 5. CDCB, Request for Qualifications, Community Development Corporation of Brownsville Contractors, Undated 6. CDCB, Work Write Up / Cost Estimate for Vidal Residence, November 17, 2012. 7. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 8. Los Angeles County Department of Public Works, Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling and Reuse Program, 2011 9. National Institute of Building Science, Federal Green Construction Guide for Specifiers, 2012 10. Philadelphia OďŹ&#x192;ce of Housing and Community Development, Small Building Specifications, For Construction and Rehabilitation of Single-Family Houses and Small Multi-Family Properties (2-4 Units, 3 Stories or Less), 2011 11. Texas State University San Marcos, Safety Manual Section 5 Construction Safety, 2011 12. Washington State Department of Labor and Industries, Residential Construction Checklist, 2005 RELEVANT APPENDIXES A. Request for Qualifications, Community Development Corporation of Brownsville Contractors, CDCB, Undated. B. ENERGY STAR Qualified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07), Inspection Checklists for National Program Requirements, 2011 C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated.

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS Page 31

SECTION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS

[02]

Section Intentions: This section is only intended for use on renovation projects or projects with significant existing conditions. For new construction on sites with minimal existing structures, this section can be omitted. All renovated structures shall be required to meet the same standards as specified by this document. Only accepted deviations from this are as outlined in this section and as explicitly directed by CDCB.

PART A: INVESTIGATION I. General Condition: Investigation of existing conditions shall be directed by CDCB and occur prior to bidding. Results of the investigation shall be included in Invitation For Bid and made freely available to Contractor.

II.Investigation: A. It is recommended where possible to renovate existing structures. B. Existing structures shall be saved when they are structurally sound and CDCB determines it to be financially prudent. C. CDCB shall conduct initial investigation: 1. All necessary paperwork must be completed per program requirements. 2. Inspection must meet all requirements of TREC Inspection. CDCB may elect to have a TREC Inspector perform the duties of this Inspection. 3. CDCB may also elect to hire a professional consultant, such as an architect, to complete this inspection as it sees fit. D. If there is evidence of structural damage, CDCB may elect to engage a licensed engineer to determine the structural integrity of the building. If initial inspection determines damage to structure warrants demolition, engagement of engineer shall not be necessary. E. CDCB, or when necessary the funder, shall make the final decision. F. Back sheds, storage facilities, and small homes which are not within the scope of work of the project but exist on site must be determined to be structurally sound and not a danger to property or Homeowner.

III. Historical Clearance: A. CDCB shall conduct necessary research and investigation to determine if structures on property have historical significance that they may hold. CDCB may engage Architect to assist in this process. B. If structures are determined to have historical significance and will be maintained, Architect shall create a series of as-built drawings prior to the design of the project. This shall at minimum include 1 floorplan, with all rooms, doors, windows, and roof overhangs properly dimensioned. C. If the property is older than 45 years old, a report is to be prepared and sent to the Texas Historical Commission in accordance to their guidelines.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS Page 32

D.If property is cleared by the Texas Historical Commission and found to be within the Brownsville Historical District, Architect, with the assistance of CDCB when necessary, shall submit for approval to the Brownsville Historical Commission in accordance to their requirements. If the property sits in a diﬀerent historical district, it will need to be cleared by the historical commission with appropriate jurisdiction. E. For renovation projects, Architect shall clearly diﬀerentiate between existing work to remain and new work in Construction Documents.

PART B: BROWNFIELD SITES I. General Condition: When redeveloping suspect “brownfield” sites, which have had previous industrial and commercial uses which may have contaminated the soil, the Contractor shall conduct a soil investigation.

II. Soil Investigation Plan: Prior to completing the soil investigation, the Contractor shall submit to CDCB a Soil Investigation Plan. Which will include the following: A. Location and extents of underground debris, buried fuel tanks, contaminated soil, etc that need to be removed and/or remediated, in order to construct the proposed development 3. B. Known location of previous structures, as discovered including research into historical maps and similar historical information. C. Location of proposed buildings 3. D. Location and extents of test pit trenches to be dug along the width of all areas identified as having previous structures. The extent of the test trenches shall be suitable to determine the amount and cost of debris removal and replacement of excavated materials. Test pits shall be a minimum of 18 inches wide and to the depth of virgin soil 3.

III. Submission of Soil Investigation Plan: The Soil Investigation Plan shall be submitted to CDCB with a minimum of five business days for approval. Contractor shall make CDCB and the Architect aware of intended time for the commencement of soil investigation, so that CDCB and the Architect can be present at the soil investigation.

IV. Geotechnical Report: The Soil Investigation shall not remove the requirement for a geotechnical report as outlined when required. It is recommended that the two activities are coordinated to minimize redundancy.

V. Cost Estimate: Contractor shall provide to CDCB a cost estimate for the work necessary to remove underground debris and provide a buildable site 3.

PART C: ASBESTOS ABATEMENT I. Inspection: All existing structures shall be inspected for asbestos prior to the start of construction. On projects utilizing federal funds, inspection must be completed by a certified third-party inspector. The following will be assumed to be containing asbestos until proven otherwise. A. Houses completed prior to 1978 B. Insulation, not easily identifiable as fiberglass 4.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS Page 33

C. Pipe and duct wrap, not easily identifiable as fiberglass 4. D. 9 inch square floor tile 4.

II. Repair: Non-friable intact asbestos materials that are not creating a hazard such as cementitious exterior wall shingles may be left intact and painted if appropriate. Asbestos-resilient floor tiles may be labeled as such and covered with underlayment and new resilient flooring.

III. Removal of Asbestos: A. All removal of asbestos must be undertaken by a contractor licensed by the Texas Department of State Health Services. All licenses shall be submitted to CDCB for confirmation prior to start of work. B. Asbestos contractor shall submit to CDCB verification of proper disposal of asbestos 4.

IV. Notification to Contractor: CDCB shall include as part of Invitation For Bid the known existence of any asbestos.

V. Subsequent Discovery: If asbestos is found during construction process, the Contractor shall be responsible for: A.Notifying CDCB Immediately 3. B.Not disturbing the asbestos in any way 4. C.Notifying applicable State and Local authorities 3. D.Making applications for all necessary permits for removal 3.

PART D: LEAD ABATEMENT I. Inspection: Investigation, and if necessary, abatement of lead shall occur prior to the start of Construction. All work with lead abatement must follow all relevant codes and regulations.

II. Certification: All lead based paint activities must be undertaken by a third-party contractor licensed by the Texas Department of State Health Services to do so. All licenses shall be submitted to CDCB for confirmation prior to the start of work.

III. Inspection: For houses to be renovated constructed prior to 1978, paint sample from 4 floors, 2 window sills and 2 window troughs (all randomly selected), plus a blank sample must be submitted to an EPA-accredited lead analytical laboratory. A. Dust samples must pass a dust swipe test for lead content as per the protocol in the HUD guidelines. B. Lead-Safe work practices must be followed, and only certified abatement contractors used to perform the work.

IV. Removal of Lead: When stabilization of surfaces containing lead based paint is impractical, the most aďŹ&#x20AC;ordable solution for abatement of the component will be chosen. Walls containing LBP may be covered with drywall or gutted and replaced with drywall. Trim and other wood or metal components containing LBP may be removed and

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS Page 34

replaced with similar materials. Lead-Safe work practices must be followed, and only certified abatement contractors used to perform the work. A. Third party inspector shall confirm the removal of lead.

V. Notification to Contractor: CDCB shall include as part of Invitation For Bid the known existence of any lead.

VI. Subsequent Discovery: If lead is found during construction process, the Contractor shall be responsible for: A.Notifying CDCB Immediately 3. B.Notifying applicable State and Local authorities 3. C.Making applications for all necessary permits for removal 3.

PART E: MOLD ABATEMENT I. Any presence of mold is unacceptable and shall be removed as per local county health codes and standards of the Texas Commission of Environmental Quality.

II. Existing structures shall be inspected for mold prior to the start of construction.

III. All carpeting, drywall, wall coverings, or other non-structural components with mold present will be removed and replaced.

IV. All work shall be done in accordance to local County Health Codes and to the most recent International Residential Code.

PART F: DEMOLITION I. General Conditions: A. Contractor shall be responsible for the demolition of all existing substandard and/or dilapidated structures. B. All obstructions that shall impede construction, such as concrete slabs, dead trees, dirt, pipes etc., shall be removed. C. Demolition includes the removal of all debris from the site.

II.Selective Demolition: A. Extent: When selectively demolishing existing structures, demolish only to the extent required and as indicated on construction drawings 4. B. Multiple Levels: On structures of multiple levels, demolish upper floors before lower floors 4.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS Page 35

C. Cutting: Neatly cut openings and holes plumb, square and true to the dimensions required. Use cutting methods least like to damage construction to remain or adjoining construction. Use hand tools or small power tools to minimize disturbance of adjacent surfaces 4. D. Lath: Remove lath without loosening studs 4. E. Flooring: Remove finish flooring without loosening subflooring 4. F. Windows: Remove window frames without loosening masonry sills and jambs 4. G. Unsound Masonry: Remove door and window frames from deteriorated or unsound masonry openings with care. Brace existing masonry to prevent further damage to masonry and masonry lintels 4. H. Framing: Remove all existing unused joists, studs, framing, nails, hooks, wire and other extraneous items. Provide a clean substrate for new construction 4. I. Finishes: Cut or drill from the exposed or finished side to avoid marring existing finished surfaces 4. J. Cutting Torches: Do not use cutting torches until work area is cleared of flammable materials. 1. At concealed spaces, such as duct and pipe interiors, verify condition and contents of hidden space before flame-cutting operations. 2. Maintain fire watch and portable fire-suppression devices during flame-cutting operations 4. 3. Maintain adequate ventilation when using cutting torches 4. K. Structure: Remove structural framing members and lower to ground by method suitable to avoid free fall and to prevent ground impact or dust generation 4. L. Wells: When a well is used on site, dispose of demolition debris so it does not aﬀect the water supply. M. Fill: Backfill basement and below grade openings with clean fill where required. Fill material to be free of organic matter, rocks, brick and other debris larger than 3 inches in any direction 4.

III. Material Reuse and Recycling: A. When possible materials shall be salvaged, reused or recycled 5. B. Contractor shall also follow all handling requirements for fluorescent light ballasts manufactured prior to 1978 (which contain PCB), fluorescent lamps (contain mercury), refrigerants (CFC’s), batteries (contain lead, acid and mercury), paints, solvents and other hazardous fluids which may be regulated 5. C. Clearly label all salvaged items and store in an orderly manner.

IV. Handling of Demolition Debris: A. Sprinkle debris with water and provide temporary enclosures as required to limit dust to the lowest possible levels 4. B. Do not allow water to accumulate or cause flooding, runoﬀ or icing 4. C. Burning of debris is not permitted 4.

V.Utility Services: A. Maintain utility systems indicated to remain during the demolition process. B. Ensure utility service to adjacent properties is not interrupted. C. Contractor shall ensure all utilities are shut oﬀ prior to the commencement of any demolition 4.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS Page 36

D. Protect services to remain from damage. E. Cut oďŹ&#x20AC; pipe or conduit in walls or partitions to be removed. Cap, valve or plug and seal remaining portion of pipe or conduit after bypassing 4. F. Ducts, pipes, or other devices which pass entirely through areas of selective demolition, and which are not indicated to be removed or to remain are to be removed only after review by CDCB. If the structure is being completely demolished all utilities within it may be removed 4.

VI. Protection of Existing Structure: A. Where demolition activities expose any portion of existing building or buildings, Contractor shall protect the building(s) from weather and water infiltration 4. B. When demolition includes work that may aďŹ&#x20AC;ect structural integrity of the building, engage a professional engineer to examine structure prior to start of demolition 4. C. Temporary Shoring: Provide and maintain temporary shoring, and structural supports as required to preserve stability of construction and finishes to remain, and to prevent uncontrolled movement or collapse of construction being demolished 4. D. The repair or replacement of any damage caused during demolition is the responsibility of the Contractor to replace.

VII. Cleaning: Clean adjacent structures and improvements from dust, dirt and debris caused by selective demolition operations. Return adjacent areas to conditions before selective demolition occurred 4.

PART G: REPAIR WORK I. Structural: A. Foundations: Foundations will be repaired to be sound, level, and free from movement. Foundation shall meet all requirements of the Windstorm Inspection Program. B. Structural: Structural framing and masonry will be free from visible deterioration, rot, or serious termite damage, and be adequately sized for current loads. Prior to rehab, all sagging floor joists or rafters will be visually inspected, and significant structural damage and its cause will be corrected. Building structure shall meet all requirements of the Windstorm Inspection Program.

II. Exterior: A. Exterior Cladding: Siding and trim shall be intact and checked for weather-tightness by Contractor. All exterior wood components will have a minimum of one continuous coat of finish or paint, and no exterior painted surface will have any deteriorated paint. If cladding is not intact it shall be repaired to the following standards: 1. Historic: Buildings designated as historic will have existing wood siding repaired in kind. New exterior wood will blend with existing and will be spot-primed and top-coated in a lead-safe manner. Other historic materials shall be similarly repaired to match. 2. Non-Historic: Buildings not designated as historic may have siding replaced with an exterior finish material as outlined in Section 13: Exterior Finishes.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS Page 37

B. Exterior Porches: Deteriorated concrete porches shall be repaired when feasible. Unsafe components will be repaired with readily available materials to conform closely to historically accurate porches in the neighborhood. Porch repairs will be structurally sound, with smooth and even decking surfaces. Deteriorated wood components shall be replaced. C. Exterior Railings: Existing handrails will be structurally sound. D. Exterior Steps and Decks: Steps, stairways, and porch decks will be structurally sound, reasonably level, with smooth and even surfaces. Repairs will match existing materials. E. Roofing: Built-up roofing that is leak-free can remain and shall be re-coated. All roof flashing shall be replaced. Roof repairs shall be repaired in accordance to Windstorm requirements. Roofing shall meet all requirements of the Windstorm Inspection Program. F. Chimneys: 1. Chimneys may remain if structurally sound but shall be sealed. 2. Unsound chimneys will be repaired or removed.

III. Interior: A. Interior Walls: Holes, cracks and deteriorated and un-keyed plaster will be repaired to match the surrounding surfaces. All visual surfaces will be stabilized to minimize lead paint hazards using premium vinyl acrylic paint. B. Flooring: When existing deteriorated carpet is installed over hardwood floors, the hardwood will be refinished whenever possible.

IV. Building Systems: A. Plumbing: Existing equipment will be repaired to conform to the standards in Section 08: Plumbing. B. Water Heater: Each housing unit will have a working water heater less than 3 years old with a minimum capacity of 40 gallons. Ensure the water heater is acceptable under ENERGY STAR requirements. C. Air Conditioning: Non-functioning, non-repairable air conditioners will be removed and drained of all CFCs. Existing central air conditioning will be inspected, serviced and refurbished to operate safely.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS Page 38

REFERENCES 1. CDCB, Existing Standards for Rehabilitation Projects, Not Dated. 2. CDCB, Work Write Up / Cost Estimate for Vidal Residence, November 17, 2012. 3. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 4. Philadelphia OďŹ&#x192;ce of Housing and Community Development, Small Building Specifications, For Construction and Rehabilitation of Single-Family Houses and Small Multi-Family Properties (2-4 Units, 3 Stories or Less), 2011 5. Zuniga, Suzanne Alternative Specifications for Green Residential Building, 2003 RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 03: EARTHWORK Page 39

SECTION 03: EARTHWORK

[03]

PART A: STORMWATER MANAGEMENT I. Performance Standards: A. General Permit to Discharge Under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System shall be met when applicable. If this is applicable, please find the necessary requirements at <http://www.tceq.texas.gov/ assets/public/permitting/stormwater/TXR150000_CGP.pdf> . B. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. W13. Downspouts, if installed, must drain onto a pervious surface (turf or landscaping) at least 3 feet from the structure.

II. Reference Standards: A. Lower Rio Grande Valley LID: Lower Rio Grande Valley LID Guidance Manual provides list of recommendations and best practices for environmentally sensitive and economical landscaping. It is available free online at <http://www.tceq.texas.gov/assets/public/compliance/monops/nps/projects/ 90473LRGVLIDGuidance.pdf>.

III.General Requirements: Stormwater retention and conveyance systems shall be supplied as shown in Contract Documents. A. For paving, planting and associated aďŹ&#x20AC;ects on stormwater management, reference Section 17: Landscape.

IV. Stormwater Retention: A. Silt Fences: Silt fences shall be constructed before major excavation and grading to minimize runoďŹ&#x20AC; 6. 1. Location: At lot perimeter or as approved in Construction Documents. 2. Length: Approximately 100 feet per 10,000 square feet of disturbed earth. Minimize long runs when possible. 3. Height: When the slope of the site allows, bottom of fence at both ends shall be higher the top of fabric at the middle. Refer to diagram 3-1. 4. Depth: Fabric to achieve a minimum depth of 6 inches and extending 6 inches uphill from posts. Refer to diagram 3-2. 5. Posts: Hardwood of 2 X 2 nominal dimension, minimum. Spaced 3-4 feet apart. 6. Fabric: Porous fabric. Woven, non-woven or mono-filament are all acceptable.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 03: EARTHWORK Page 40

post fabric

` acceptable

Diagram 3-1

6” minimum

Diagram 3-2

B. Rain Gardens: Rain gardens are planted, basin shaped areas designed to capture runoff and filter out sediment and pollutants. When rain gardens are shown in Construction Documents, they shall be 12: 1. Shape: Basin shaped, allowing for ponding during heavy runoff. 2. Depth: Minimum depth of 18 inches. 3. Soil: No special requirements. 4. Slope: Maximum 6/12. 5. Severe Weather Events: Designed to overflow into stormwater conveyance systems when necessary. C. Bioretention Areas: Bioretention Areas, similar to rain gardens, are also planted areas designed to capture and filter runoff. They shall be 12: 1. Shape: Basin shaped, allowing for ponding during heavy runoff. 2. Depth: Minimum depth of 18 inches. 3. Soil: Engineered media mix. 4. Slope: Maximum 6/12. 5. Severe Weather Events: Designed to overflow into stormwater conveyance systems when necessary.

V. Stormwater Conveyance: A. Vegetated Swales: Vegetated swales are sloped, vegetated channels or ditches used in place of traditional runoff channels. They are the preferred method of stormwater conveyance 12. 1. Slope: Maximum slope of 2.5% along path of water runoff, 5% for sides. 2. Plantings: Swales shall be planted with native vegetation. Reference Section 17: Landscape for more information on acceptable plantings. B. Sewer System Connection: Runoff systems shall be directed through pervious surfacing and landscaping to allow absorption through stormwater control features, minimizing amount drained to sewer system. Downspouts shall not directly lead to the sewer system 12. C. Culverts: Culverts shall be used to channel water where driveways or roadways pass over stormwater conveyance systems. They shall also be used to channel streams and ponds where otherwise noted 11. 1. Dimensions: shall be at least 15 inches in diameter 2. Materials: either reinforced concrete or polyvinyl/plastic pipe. Pipe must be rated for water. PVC or VCP is not acceptable. 3. Joints: Joints shall be wrapped at least 1.5 times with filter fabric. Fabric must be a minimum of 2 feet wide.

Single Family Residential Standards

PART B: EXCAVATION & ROUGH GRADING

SECTION 03: EARTHWORK Page 41

I. Reference Standards: A. Lower Rio Grande Valley LID: Lower Rio Grande Valley LID Guidance Manual provides list of recommendations and best practices for environmentally sensitive and economical landscaping. It is available free online at <http://www.tceq.texas.gov/assets/public/compliance/monops/nps/projects/ 90473LRGVLIDGuidance.pdf>.

II. Excavations: A. General Requirements: 1. Excavations shall be isolated to 5 feet beyond the foundation. 2. Excavations shall not come within ten feet of protected trees and landscape. Refer to Part C: Landscape & Tree Protection for further details. B. Protection, Less than 5 Feet: Excavations of depth of 5 feet or less should have proper safety precautions to prevent erosions and harm to workers and property. Safety is considered to be of the utmost priority. Acceptable precautions include 9: 1. Sloped excavation, with sides no steeper than 45 degrees 2. Benched excavation, with average slope no steeper than 45 degrees 3. Shoring structure with plates or shoring grade plywood 4. Shoring with upright timber bracing, minimum of 2 x 6s C. Protection, Greater than 5 Feet: Any excavations deeper than 5 feet are required to have safety precautions following OSHA guidelines. Please refer to Appendix C, Overview of the OSHA Standard by the University of Texas at Arlington, for more details. E. Rain: Workers may not work within excavations with running or standing water 9. Workers may not work within excavations during rain storms. F. Holes: Holes or depressions of more than 6 inches must be filled in order to maintain safety and prevent drainage problems 15.

III. Excavated Material and Topsoil: A. Excavated material must be kept a minimum of 2 feet from excavation 9. B. Excavated material shall be reused whenever possible. Amount of material removed shall be minimized 16. C. Designated topsoil areas must be undisturbed by normal construction activities. Excavated soil must be covered during weather events with tarps or other appropriate covering. The soil may not be placed within path of stormwater runoďŹ&#x20AC; 4.

IV. Rough Grading: The Contractor is required to complete grading in accordance to plans provided by CDCB and its consultants. CDCB must be made aware of any discrepancies between these plans and the site as graded within one business day.

Single Family Residential Standards

PART C: LANDSCAPE & TREE PROTECTION

SECTION 03: EARTHWORK Page 42

I. Performance Standards: A. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. S4. Protect trees during construction.

II. Protected Landscape Maintenance: A. It is the responsibility of the Contractor to maintain the health of all retained trees and landscape elements during the construction process 4. B. If retained trees and landscaping die during the course of the construction process, it is the responsibility of the Contractor to replace them with new equivalent landscaping approved by CDCB 8. A tree is considered dead when the main trunk has died or when 25% of the foliage is dead 2. C. If tree and landscape die because of an unforeseen and extraordinary natural event, such as drought or hurricanes, that could not be prevented with reasonable care and foresight, the Contractor shall not be deemed responsible for the tree death.

III. Root Protection: A. Critical Root Zone: The Critical Root Zone of protected trees shall be preserved throughout construction.The Critical Root Zone is determined by measuring the diameter of the tree 54 inches above the ground. For each inch of tree trunk diameter, allow two feet of diameter for the Critical Root Zone. B. Fencing: Firmly set fencing must be installed around all protected trees and their Critical Root Zones located within 15 feet of construction activity. Fencing may be constructed of either metal or wooden posts with a minimum nominal dimension of 2 x 2, with orange safety fencing attached 4. C. Exposed Roots: Roots of trees may only be exposed if they are within 5 feet of building foundation or other concrete work. 1. If the root system of a tree is exposed, the Contractor shall cover them with a waterproof sheet until backfilled and take special care to ensure that they are protected 2. 2. Excavated dirt and other construction materials shall not be piled on top of the root system. D. Underground Utilities: Routing of underground utilities shall be done in a way to minimize disturbance of roots of preserved trees and landscaping. Any routing through root zones as defined by the Landscape Protection Plan must be approved by CDCB before work begins 4.

IV. Tree Trimming: A. General: Trees shall be trimmed as necessary to maintain their good health throughout construction. B. Power Lines: If trees or other landscape elements present a safety hazard by being in close proximity to power lines, it is the responsibility of the Contractor during the construction process to trim these elements in accordance to local authorities and the following guidelines 10, 15: 1. Eight (8) feet horizontally away from power lines 2. Ten (10) feet below power lines 3. Fifteen (15) feet above power lines

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 03: EARTHWORK Page 43

REFERENCES 1. American Nursery and Landscape Association, American Standard for Nursery Stock, ANSI Z60.1 - 2004, 2004 2. Anchorage, Alaska, Standard Construction Specifications Division 75 - Landscaping Improvements, 2010 3. ASTM International, ASTM D6629 - 01(2012)e1 Standard Guide for Selection of Methods for Estimating Soil Loss by Erosion, 2012 4. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 5. Environmental Protection Agency, Construction General Permit, 2012 6. Environmental Protection Agency, Stormwater Best Management Practice: Silt Fences, 2012 7. Medford, Oregon Parks and Recreation Department, Guideline for the Protection of Trees, 2007 8. Nevada State Contractors Board, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines Manual, 2009 9. NYC Buildings; Excavation & Trenching Safety, Presentation by Dan Eschenasy, PE 10. Public Service of New Hampshire, Our Tree Trimming Guidelines, <http://www.psnh.com/ContructionServices/OurTree-Trimming-Guidelines.aspx> 11. Tampa Construction Services Division, Culvert Requirements, Residential and Commercial, Undated 12. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality and the United States Environmental Protection Agency, Lower Rio Grande Valley LID Guidance Manual, 2011 13. United States Environmental Protection Agency, Developing Your Stormwater Pollution Prevention Plan, 2007 14. University of Texas at Arlington, Overview of the OSHA Standard: Excavation Safety, 2007 15. Virginia Department of Housing and Community Development, AHP Program Minimum Design, Construction, and Housing Rehabilitation Standards, Undated 16. Zuniga, Suzanne Alternative Specifications for Green Residential Building, 2003 RELEVANT APPENDIXES C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated.

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 04: FOUNDATIONS Page 45

SECTION 04: FOUNDATIONS

[04]

PART A: FOUNDATIONS I. Performance Standards: A. ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of ENERGY STAR. As of this writing, the current version is ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07. The ENERGY STAR Inspection Checklists are attached as Appendix B. B. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. S8. Proper Drainage away from foundation. 2. W7. Divert water away from foundation into turf. C. Indoor airPLUS: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of Indoor airPLUS by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As of this writing, the current version is Indoor airPLUS Construction Specifications, Version 1 (Rev. 01), available free online at <http://www.epa.gov/ iaplus01/construction_specifications.html>. D. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rules #1113 & #1168: Limits for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) must be met for all work. These rules can be found free online at <http:// www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1113.pdf> and <http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1168.pdf> respectively. E. Windstorm Inspection Program: Construction must be eligible for the Windstorm Inspection Program by the Texas Department of Insurance by satisfying the 2006 Texas Revisions to the 2006 IRC or its superseding documents, available free online at <http://www.tdi.texas.gov/wind/documents/ 2006_Texas_Revisions1.pdf>.

II. Preparation: A. Graded Fill: Foundations shall rest over compacted graded fill as shown in Construction Documents. Fill under footings shall be one of the following: 1. 4 inch layer of clean aggregate, 1/2 inch in diameter or greater. 2. 4 in. uniform layer of sand, overlain with either a layer of geotextile drainage matting throughout or strips of geotextile drainage matting along the perimeter installed according to the manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions. B. Waterproofing: Foundations shall sit on waterproofing of 6 millimeter polythylene membrane or better 3. C. Bracing: Install a capillary break at all crawlspace floors using greater than 6 mil polyethylene sheeting, lapped 6 to 12 in, as required by ENERGY STAR. D. Connections: Connections embedded in foundation shall be placed prior to concrete pour.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 04: FOUNDATIONS Page 46

III. Dimensions: A. Foundations shall be the dimensions specified on the foundation plans in approved Construction Drawings. B. Foundations shall be extended a minimum of 6 inches above exterior grade 11. The height must be greater where required by code, local ordinances and projects located in flood planes. C. Floor slabs shall be of reinforced concrete and a minimum of 4 inches thick 5. D. Footings shall be a minimum of 16 inches in diameter, larger where specified in Construction Drawings or where necessary to carry intended design load 5.

IV. Formwork: A. Formwork shall be designed and constructed to obtain accurate alignment, location, grades, level and plumb work in all finished structure. B. Formwork must be readily removable. C. Formwork shall be reused whenever possible 3.

V. Concrete Mixture: A. Engineering: All dimensions, strength ratings, and compositions must be approved by a structural engineer, licensed in the state of Texas. B. Strength: All footings shall be constructed of concrete with a minimum 3500 psi 28-day compressive strength, with reinforcing material as specified in structural drawings. Where Construction Drawings specify concrete with greater compressive strength, the more stringent requirement must be met 11. C. Portland Cement: shall be ANSI/ASTM C150, type 1, or better as verified by producer 15. D. Aggregate: shall be ANSI/ASTM C33, or better as verified by producer 15. E. Water: Water used in concrete mix shall be potable 15. F. Fly Ash and Slag: Fly ash or slag is acceptable as a substitute for 15-35% of portland cement 15. G. Air Entrainment: vAll concrete exposed to the exterior shall be air entrained. H. Reinforcement: Foundation shall be reinforced as required by Construction Documents and to meet relevant codes and standards.

VI. Concrete Pour: A. Timeframe: Concrete pour shall occur during one business day. B. Joints: Control joints shall be minimized. No joints shall exist for pads of area less than 15 feet by 15 feet. Joints must be watertight 13. C. Level: Floors should not vary from flat more than 1/4 inch over a 10 foot area, provided the deviation is gradual. Any deviations, dips or sags over short distances which are easily visible are not acceptable 9. D. Cracks: Cracks shall not exceed 1/8 inch in width or 1/8 inch in vertical displacement. If cracks are observed, it is the Contractorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s responsibility to patch the area. CDCB must visually approve the repair 8. E. Square: The Contractor shall make every reasonable attempt to deliver a properly square foundation. The diagonal of a triangle with sides of 12 feet and 16 feet shall be no more than 1 inch more or less than 20 feet. If the foundation is not found to be properly square, then the Contractor will be responsible to make

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 04: FOUNDATIONS Page 47

changes necessary to provide a satisfactory appearance, as determined by CDCB. Potential corrective measures include cantilevering the first floor over the foundation or locating the face of the walls inset from the outside of the foundations 8.

VII.Concrete Curing: A. Timeframe: Concrete shall be cured for five to seven calendar days unless otherwise approved by CDCB. B. Moisture: The surface of the concrete must be kept moist during this time period. This can be achieved using soaking hoses, sprinklers, covering the concrete in wet burlap, or coating the concrete in commercially available compounds that seal in moisture 10.

VIII.Drainage: A. Install protected drain tile at the footings of basement and crawlspace walls when applicable. B. Surround each drain tile pipe with clean gravel wrapped with fabric cloth, or install an approved Composite Foundation Drainage System, as outlined in ENERGY STAR 3.0. C. Drainage system must discharge to daylight at least 10 feet from structure.

IX. Pier and Beam Foundations: A. Piers shall be designed and built in order to meet relevant codes and design loads. B. Footings shall extend a minimum of 12 inches above ground 4.

X. Slab on Grade Foundations: A. Slab on Grade construction shall sit on a layer of compacted select fill, minimum 3â&#x20AC;&#x2122; feet deep under any floor slabs. 1. Fill shall contain no organic matter. 2. Fill shall contain no stones larger than 2 inches in diameter. B. All interior slabs shall be placed over a vapor barrier for the entire underside of the slab 3. C. Slabs shall be a minimum of 4 inches thick. D. Slabs shall be reinforced with welded-wire reinforcing, cut to size slightly smaller than the overall dimension of the slab. Reinforcing shall be 6 X 6-W1.4 X W1.4 or better 3.

XI. Patio and Carport Slabs: A. All patio and carport slabs shall slope away from the residence at a maximum of a 2% slope. B. Patio slab shall be a maximum of 1/4 inch below slab of the residence at all entry points.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 04: FOUNDATIONS Page 48

REFERENCES 1. buildingcommunityWORKSHOP, La Hacienda Construction Documents, 2013 2. Aggregate & Ready Mix Association of Minnesota, Guidelines for Durable Driveways, Carports, Patios, Walks, Garage Floors, Undated 3. Allen, Edward, and Joseph Iano. Fundamentals of Building Construction: Materials and Methods. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, 2009. Print. 4. Amarillo Department of Building Safety, Panhandle Residential Foundation Manual, 2008 5. Bismarck-Burleigh County Community Development Department, Foundation Construction, 2006 6. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 7. Kentucky Housing Corporation, Sample Specifications for New Single Family Detached Homes, 2007 8. National Association of Home Builders, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines, 2005 9. Nevada State Contractors Board, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines Manual, 2009 10. Portland Cement Association, Frequently Asked Questions <http://www.cement.org/basics/concretebasics_faqs.asp> 11. Prince William County, Virginia, Department of Development Services - Building Development Division, Typical Construction Specifications, 2012 12. Texas Aggregates and Concrete Association, Guidelines for Concrete Used in Residential Foundations in Texas, 2007 13. University of Wisconsin, Concrete Design and Construction Details, by David W. Kammel 14. Virginia Department of Housing and Community Development, AHP Program Minimum Design, Construction, and Housing Rehabilitation Standards, Undated 15. Zuniga, Suzanne, Alternative Specifications for Green Residential Building, 2003 RELEVANT APPENDIXES B. ENERGY STAR Qualified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07), Inspection Checklists for National Program Requirements, 2011 C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 05: FRAMING

SECTION 05: FRAMING Page 49

[05]

PART A: ROUGH CARPENTRY I. Performance Standards: A. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. M9. Use recycled/reclaimed materials for framing/construction. 2. M10. Use engineered lumber to the maximum extent possible. 3. M12. Use pre-manufactured construction materials. B. Indoor airPLUS: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of Indoor airPLUS by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As of this writing, the current version is Indoor airPLUS Construction Specifications, Version 1 (Rev. 01), available free online at <http://www.epa.gov/ iaplus01/construction_specifications.html>. C. Windstorm Inspection Program: Construction must be eligible for the Windstorm Inspection Program by the Texas Department of Insurance by satisfying the 2006 Texas Revisions to the 2006 IRC or its superseding documents, available free online at <http://www.tdi.texas.gov/wind/documents/ 2006_Texas_Revisions1.pdf>.

II. Reference Standards: A. Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction, American Wood Council, 2001, available free online at <http://www.awc.org/pdf/wcd1-300.pdf>. B. Technology Fact Sheet: Advanced Wall Framing, OďŹ&#x192;ce of Building Technology, Stat and Community Programs, U.S. Department of Energy, 2000, attached as Appendix D. 1. Advanced framing techniques shall be used where applicable to minimize material use and cost of project. However, advanced framing shall not supersede requirements for the Windstorm Inspection Program or relevant building codes.

III. Wood Product Guidelines: A. Species: Wood is to be Spruce Pine Fir, or Southern Pine unless specified otherwise. B. Grade: Wood shall be Grade 2, unless otherwise approved. C. Manufacturer: Preference is given to wood harvested within a 500 mile radius of project site. D. Old Growth Lumber: Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. E. Salvaged Lumber: Lumber salvaged from deconstruction or demolition of existing buildings or structures is permitted if it is clean, structurally sound, denailed, and free of paint and finish materials, and other contamination and meets all relevant codes.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 05: FRAMING Page 50

F. Recovered Lumber: Lumber fabricated from recovered timber (abandoned in transit) is permitted, unless otherwise noted, if it meets the specified requirements for new lumber, is free of contamination and meets all relevant codes. G. Moisture: Maximum moisture content for all lumber is 19 percent, as reported by manufacturer. H. Connectors and Fasteners: All metal connectors and fasteners shall follow the guidelines of the Texas Windstorm Association.

IV.General Framing Guidelines: A. Waste: Select material sizes to minimize waste. B. Scrap: Reuse scrap to the greatest extent possible; clearly separate scrap for use on site as accessory components, including: shims, bracing, and blocking. Wood that cannot be reused shall be recycled. C. Sizing: Comply with member sizes, spacing, configurations, and fastenings indicated, but not less than required by the Construction Documents, all applicable codes, and the Texas Windstorm Inspection Program. D. Ventilation: Where treated wood is used in the interior, provide temporary ventilation, during and immediately after installation, suďŹ&#x192;cient to remove indoor air contaminants. E. Installation: Set structural members level, plumb, and true to line. Discard pieces with defects that would lower the required strength or result in unacceptable appearance of exposed members. F. Temporary Bracing: Make provisions for temporary construction loads, and provide with temporary bracing suďŹ&#x192;cient to maintain structure in true alignment and safe condition until completion of permanent bracing. G. Splicing: Install structural members full length without splices unless otherwise specifically detailed. H. Cleanliness: 1. Do not leave any wood, shavings, sawdust, etc. on the ground or buried in fill. 2. Prevent sawdust and wood shavings from entering the storm drainage system.

V. Overall Quality Assurance: A. Framing members are to be a maximum of 1/4 inch from true position. B. Variation from plane, in vertical measurement, is not to exceed 1/4 inch in a distance of 10 feet. C. Variation from plane, in horizontal measurement, shall not be more than 1/4 inch within any 60 inches. D. CDCB must be given opportunity to verify framing before wall enclosure. If any work is found to not meet the standards outlined in this section CDCB may require the Contractor to replace the defective work.

VI. Floor and Ceiling Framing: A. Advanced Framing Techniques: The Contractor must be familiar with Advanced Framing techniques, as outlined in Appendix D. Advanced Framing techniques shall be utilized whenever possible to minimize materials used and maximize energy eďŹ&#x192;ciency. 1. Floors and ceilings may be framed at 24 inches on center 12. 2. Align framing members with attached walls 12.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 05: FRAMING Page 51

B. Sizing: Elements shall be of the size as required in the Construction Documents. Additionally, they shall be sized to meet all relevant codes, the Texas Windstorm Insurance Program, and the AFPA Wood Frame Construction Manual. C. Bracing: Rafters shall be braced and have hurricane ties as detailed in construction drawings and to meet all relevant codes and Windstorm requirements. D. Installation: Install horizontal spanning members with crown edge up and not less than 1-1/2 inches of bearing at each end. E. Bridging: For joists in excess of 8 feet span, provide bridging to stabilize the middle of span. Fit solid blocking at ends of members. F. Fireblocking: In framed assemblies that have concealed spaces, provide solid wood fireblocking as required by applicable local code. G. Blocking: Where ceiling-mounting is indicated, provide blocking and supplementary supports above ceiling, unless other method of support is explicitly indicated. H. Quality Standards: 1. Ceilings shall not be bowed more than 1/2 inch within a 36 inch measurement running parallel to the ceiling joists 15. 2. Ensure framing meets quality standards set out in V. Overall Quality Assurance of this section.

VII.Wall Framing: A. Advanced Framing Techniques: The Contractor must be familiar with Advanced Framing techniques, as outlined in Appendix D. Advanced Framing techniques shall be utilized whenever possible to minimize materials used and maximize energy eďŹ&#x192;ciency. 1. Align studs with connected floor and ceiling joists 12. 2. Headers are not required in non-load bearing walls 12. 3. Additional studs do not need to be added at interior corners; Instead ladder blocks, or drywall clips are acceptable 12. 4. Intermediate blocking shall only be used as required to meet the qualifications of the Windstorm Insurance Program 12. B. Edge of Slab: When slab foundation is used, framing shall be distance from edge of slab as shown in construction drawing wall sections. This distance is dependent upon exterior finish selected and is not consistent across all projects. C. Sill Flashing: Where wood framing bears on cementitious foundations, install full width sill flashing continuous over the top of foundation, lap ends of flashing minimum of 4 inches and seal. D. Gasket: Install sill gasket under pre-treated sill plate of framed walls bearing on foundations; puncture gasket cleanly to fit tightly around protruding anchor bolts. E. Openings: Verify the size and location of openings before framing, Frame wall openings with two or more studs at each jamb; support headers on cripple studs to applicable code. F. Top Plate: Shall consist of two members of same dimension as joists unless otherwise noted. G. Headers: Construct double joist headers at floor and ceiling openings and under wall stud partitions that are parallel to floor joists; use metal joist hangers unless otherwise detailed.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 05: FRAMING Page 52

H. Blocking: All bathroom walls shall be reinforced for grab bars as outlined the Fair Housing Act. Consult the Fair Housing Design Guide available free online at <http://www.huduser.org/publications/destech/ fairhousing.html>. 1. Height: All reinforcing shall be between 30 inches and 38 inches above finish floor. 2. Side of Toilets: Minimum of 24 inches in length, with 42 inches preferred. Maximum of 12 inches from wall. Where this is not possible, provide blocking for folding wall-mounted grab bars, at minimum 18 inches from centerline of toilet shall be provided. 3. Behind Toilets: Between 24 inches and 36 inches in length, aligned with centerline of toilet. 4. Foot Wall of Bathtubs/Showers: Between 32 inches and 38 inches above finish floor, for minimum length of 24 inches. 5. Back Wall of Bathtubs/Showers: Maximum 6 inches above tub and from foot and head walls. Minimum length of 48 inches. 6. Head Wall of Bathtubs/Showers: Between 32 inches and 38 inches above finish floor, for minimum length of 24 inches. I. Quality Standards: Ensure framing meets quality standards set out in V. Overall Quality Assurance of this section.

XIII.Roof Framing: A. Advanced Framing Techniques: Contractor shall be familiar with Advanced Framing techniques, as outlined in Appendix D. Advanced Framing techniques shall be utilized whenever possible to minimize materials used and maximize energy eďŹ&#x192;ciency. 1. Align Roof studs with supporting walls 12. 2. Joists can be placed at 24 inch on center if the qualifications of the Windstorm Insurance Program are met 12. B. Rafters: Roof rafters shall be securely face-nailed to ceiling joists 3. C. Pitch: Framing square shall be used to ensure roof has pitch as described in Construction Drawings 3. Pitch shall be measured a minimum of two times. D. Bridging: Rafters shall have bridging as necessary to qualify for Windstorm Insurance Program 3. E. Quality Standards: 1. Roof beams and rafters must not have a deflection greater than 1 inch in 8 feet 9. 2. Ensure framing meets quality standards set out in V. Overall Quality Assurance of this section.

PART B: SHEATHING I. Performance Standards: A. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirement: 1. IA2. Ensure wood products are low formaldehyde.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 05: FRAMING Page 53

B. Indoor airPLUS: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of Indoor airPLUS by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As of this writing, the current version is Indoor airPLUS Construction Specifications, Version 1 (Rev. 01), available free online at <http://www.epa.gov/ iaplus01/construction_specifications.html>. C. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rules #1113 & #1168: Limits for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) must be met for all work. These rules can be found free online at <http:// www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1113.pdf> and <http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1168.pdf> respectively. D. Windstorm Inspection Program: Construction must be eligible for the Windstorm Inspection Program by the Texas Department of Insurance by satisfying the 2006 Texas Revisions to the 2006 IRC or its superseding documents, available free online at <http://www.tdi.texas.gov/wind/documents/ 2006_Texas_Revisions1.pdf>.

II. Roof Sheathing: A. Product: Shall be oriented stand board (OSB) structural wood panel with factory laminated roofing underlayment or exterior grade plywood. B. Sizing: Shall be 4 feet wide by 8 feet long with a minimum thickness of 7/16 inch. The span rating shall be 32/16 or better. C. Protection: Sheathing shall be undamaged and intact after exposure to weather for up to 180 days. D. Seam Tape: shall be manufacturer's standard seam tape. E. Installation: 1. Roof sheathing panels shall be secured with long dimension perpendicular to framing members, with ends staggered and over firm bearing. 2. For OSB, leave spaces of 1/8 inch between panels for expansion 16. 3. Do not cut panels to less than 24 inches in the shorter dimension 16. 4. Provide H-clips at maximum 24 inches apart. 5. At long edges use sheathing clips where joints occur between roof framing members. 6. Nail panels to framing; staples are not permitted. 7. Apply seam tape as recommended by manufacturer. F. Quality Control: Roofing sheathing shall not bow more than 1/2 inch in 2 feet. If it is determined that the sheathing bows because of the rafters, corrective action may need to be taken to the rafters 9.

III. Exterior Wall Sheathing: A. Product: Shall be APA PRP-108, Structural I Rated Sheathing, Exterior Exposure Class, with a Span Rating of 24/0 and a minimal nominal thickness of 7/16 inch or approved equal. B. Nails: Sheathing shall be attached with galvanized nails, of length three times thickness of sheathing. C. Accessories: Metal and Finish accessories shall be hot-dipped galvanized steel. D. Installation: Wall sheathing shall be secured with long dimension parallel to wall studs, with ends over firm bearing and staggered, using nails, screws, or staples. Use plywood or other acceptable structural panels at building corners, for not less than 96 inches, measured horizontally.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 05: FRAMING Page 54

E. Quality Control: Variation from plane for sheathing, other than floors and roofing, is to be 1/4 inch in 10 feet maximum.

IV.Floor Sheathing: A. Product: Shall be â&#x20AC;&#x2DC;oriented stand boardâ&#x20AC;&#x2122; (OSB) structural wood panel or tongue and groove exterior grade plywood. B. Sizing: Shall be 4 feet wide by 8 feet long with a minimum thickness of 3/4 inch. The span rating shall be 32/16 or better. C. Seam Tape: shall be manufacturer's standard pressure-sensitive, self-adhering, cold-applied seam tape consisting of polyolefin film with acrylic adhesive. D. Installation: 1. Floor sheathing panels shall be secured with long dimension perpendicular to framing members, with ends staggered and over firm bearing. 2. For OSB, leave spaces of 1/8 inch between panels for expansion 16. 3. Do not cut panels to less than 24 inches in the shorter dimension 16. 4. Nail using 6d common or deformed shank. Maximum nail spacing at supported panel edges is 6 inches and 12 inches for intermediate supports 16.

PART C: DRYWALL I. Performance Standards: A. Windstorm Inspection Program: Construction must be eligible for the Windstorm Inspection Program by the Texas Department of Insurance by satisfying the 2006 Texas Revisions to the 2006 IRC or its superseding documents, available free online at <http://www.tdi.texas.gov/wind/documents/ 2006_Texas_Revisions1.pdf>.

II. Acceptable Products: A. Approved Manufacturers: Georgia-Pacific Gypsum LLC, National Gypsum Company, USG Corporation or approved equal. B. Gypsum: Gypsum wallboard to be ASTM C 1396/C 1396M. C. Accessories: Finish accessories to be ASTM c1047 unless otherwise specified. D. Tape: Tape shall be 2 inch wide, creased paper tape for joints and corners unless otherwise specified. E. Screws: Drywall screws shall meet the requirements of ASTM C1002 6.

III. Conditions for Installation: A. Watertightness: Building must be watertight before the delivery and installation of drywall 15. B. Inspections: Installation of drywall may not begin until all proper inspections of in-wall work have been completed and found satisfactory. C. Storage: Drywall must be stored inside the building.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 05: FRAMING Page 55

IV. Installation Procedures: A. General Condition: Comply with all manufacturer's instructions. B. Sizing: Pieces shall be sized to minimize joints, especially in highly visible locations. C. Ends: Ends shall be square cut. D. Workmanship: Defects caused by workmanship during installation, including but not limited to blisters in tape, excess compound in joint or trowel marks shall not be readily observed by visual inspection. If repairs are required, the Contractor shall make all reasonable eďŹ&#x20AC;orts to match surrounding materials and textures 7. E. Flashing Joints: Flashing joints shall not be visible through the drywall 7. F. Nail Pops: All nail pops before final occupancy shall be repaired by the Contractor 7. G. Stress Cracks: All stress cracks that exceed 1/16 inch shall be repaired by the Contractor 7. H. Ceilings: Ceiling shall not sag more than 1/4 inch within 8 feet 7.

V. Backer Boards: A. Location: Install backing board for wet areas, including tub and shower surrounds and shower ceilings. B. Product Requirements: ANSI Cement-Based Board. A. Non-gypsum-based; aggregated Portland cement panels with glass fiber mesh embedded in front and back surfaces complying with ANSI A118.9 or ASTM C1325. B. Mold resistance score of 10, when tested in accordance with ASTM D3273. C. Thickness, minimum of 1/2 inch. C. Installation: Screw into framing at 6 inches on center. D. RedGard: Once installed, apply RedGard, waterproofing and crack membrane, by Custom Building Products following manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions.

VI. Sealing: Sealing shall be done in compliance with all relevant codes.

VII.Finishing: Finish to the following levels, described below 13: A. Level 1: Acceptable for wall surfaces concealed from view. 1. Tape set in joint compound B. Level 2: Acceptable for wall and ceiling surfaces indicated to receive tile finish. 1. Joints: Tape embedded in joint compound and wiped with a joint knife, leaving a thin coat of compound over tape. 2. Interior Angles: Tape embedded in joint compound and wiped with a joint knife, leaving a thin coat of compound over tape. 3. Accessories: Shall be covered by one coat of joint compound. 4. Fasteners: Shall be covered by one coat of joint compound. 5. Surface: Free of excess joint compound. Joint compound applied over the body if tape at time of tape embedment shall be satisfy the conditions of this level.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 05: FRAMING Page 56

C. Level 4: Applicable for all wall and ceiling surfaces exposed to view. 1. Joints: Taped as in Level 2, then covered with two separate coats of joint compound. 2. Interior Angles: Taped as in Level 2, then covered with one separate coat of joint compound. 3. Accessories: Shall be covered by three separate coats of joint compound. 4. Fasteners: Shall be covered by three separate coats of joint compound. 5. Surface: Surface shall be of smooth texture and free of tool marks and ridges.

PART D: PORCHES, DECKS AND CARPORTS I. Reference Standards: A. Details for Conventional Wood Frame Construction, American Wood Council, 2001, available free online at <http://www.awc.org/pdf/wcd1-300.pdf>.

II. General Guidelines: A. Treated Lumber: All exposed exterior lumber shall be Alkaline Copper Quaternary (ACQ) Treated unless otherwise specified. B. Stairs: Stairs must comply with all applicable building codes. C. Guardrails: All decks and porches shall have guardrails as required by code and shown in Construction Drawings. D. Roofing: Where applicable, roofing over Porches, Decks and Carports must conform to requirements of Section 12: Roofing.

III. Slab on Grade Porches and Decks: A. Porch flooring shall be a concrete pad, conforming to the guidelines in Section 04: Foundations. B. If porch is covered, structure must be as dimensioned in Construction Documents. When not otherwise specified, posts must be nominal 4 x 4 or larger. Posts shall not sit directly in concrete base; a base connector must be used.

IV. Post and Beam Porches and Decks: A. Posts: Posts for deck structure must be nominal 4 x 4 or larger. Posts shall not sit directly in concrete base; a base connector must be used. Posts may be embedded when shown as such in Construction Drawings. B. Joists: Joists shall be sized as required by construction drawings and to meet qualifications of the Texas Windstorm Insurance Program. C. Slope: Deck shall slope away from structure at a minimum of 1/4 inch per 12 inches to allow for water drainage. D. Decking: Decking shall be treated lumber, plastic lumber, or composite wood/plastic lumber. Decking shall be made from 100% plastic material if possible 18. E. Fasteners: Fasteners for decking shall be per manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s requirements 18.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 05: FRAMING Page 57

F. Installation: 1. All decks supported by attachment to an exterior wall must be positively anchored to the primary structure and designed to meet both vertical and lateral loads. If a positive connection cannot be verified, deck must be self supporting 7. Decks may not be attached to veneer masonry 8. 2. Install decking per manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions 18. G. Quality Control: 1. No point on the deck surface should be 1/2 inch higher or lower than any other surface point within 10 feet, on a line parallel to the primary structure 9. 2. Decks shall not be noticeably springy or shaking. Contractor shall reinforce, repair or replace to the satisfaction of CDCB 11. 3. Any decking that is split, cupped or warped, as determined by CDCB, shall be replaced by the Contractor 11. 4. All nail heads in the decking must be flush with the surface 11.

V. Carports: A. Paving for carports shall be covered in Section 04: Foundation. B. Structure for the carport must be as dimensioned on Construction Drawings. When not otherwise specified, posts must be nominal 4 x 4 or larger. Posts shall not sit directly in concrete base; a base connector must be used. Posts may be embedded when shown as such in Construction Drawings. C. Carports are required to have a minimum head height of 7 feet.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 05: FRAMING Page 58

REFERENCES 1. buildingcommunityWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. CDCB, Existing CDCB Standards for 864 square foot colonia home 3. Allen, Edward, and Joseph Iano. Fundamentals of Building Construction: Materials and Methods. Hoboken, NJ: John Wiley & Sons, 2009. Print. 4. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 5. Green Building Alternatives, Carpentry Specifications for 1744 Johnson St., 2007 6. Green Building Alternatives, Gypsum Wallboard Specifications for 1744 Johnson St., 2007 7. Kentucky Housing Corporation, Sample Specifications for New Single Family Detached Homes, 2007 8. Lancaster, Ohio Building Department, Deck Construction Specifications, 2004 9. National Association of Home Builders, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines, 2005 10. National Institute of Building Science, Federal Green Construction Guide for Specifiers, 2012 11. Nevada State Contractors Board, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines Manual, 2009 12. Office of Building Technology, State and Community Programs, U.S. Department of Energy, Technology Fact Sheet: Advanced Wall Framing, 2000 13. Philadelphia Office of Housing and Community Development, Small Building Specifications, For Construction and Rehabilitation of Single-Family Houses and Small Multi-Family Properties (2-4 Units, 3 Stories or Less), 2011 14. South Carolina Department of Labor Licensing and Regulation, South Carolina Residential Construction Standards, 1998. 15. Southeastern Wisconsin Drywall and Plastering Contractors Association, Best Practices Guidelines for Quality Drywall Installation, 2003 16. TECO, OSB Design and Application Guide, Undated 17. Texas Department of Insurance, Windstorm Inspection Program <http://www.tdi.texas.gov/wind/> 18. Zuniga, Suzanne Alternative Specifications for Green Residential Building, 2003 RELEVANT APPENDIXES C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated. D. Technology Fact Sheet: Advanced Wall Framing, Office of Building Technology, State and Community Programs, U.S. Department of Energy, 2000

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 06: WINDOWS AND DOORS Page 59

SECTION 06: WINDOWS AND DOORS

[06]

PART A: WINDOWS I. Performance Standards: A. ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of ENERGY STAR. As of this writing this is ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07. The ENERGY STAR Inspection Checklists are attached as Appendix B. The below specifications are more stringent than those required by ENERGY STAR. B. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. IA4. Ensure proper flashing at windows and doors. C. Windstorm Inspection Program: Construction must be eligible for the Windstorm Inspection Program by the Texas Department of Insurance by satisfying the 2006 Texas Revisions to the 2006 IRC or its superseding documents, available free online at <http://www.tdi.texas.gov/wind/documents/ 2006_Texas_Revisions1.pdf>.

II. Warranty: Submit manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s standard warranty for all windows. Contractor must ensure all windows are installed in a fashion that does not void the warranty in any way.

III. Product Requirements: A. Frames: Factory fabricated; vinyl, with vision glass, related flashings, anchorage and attachment devices. B. Insect Screens: shall be provided of woven fiberglass for all operable windows. C. Fasteners: shall be of stainless or galvanized steel. D. Glass and Glazing Materials: 1.Double Pane Insulating Glass filled with Argon Gas. 2.Low-E Coating. 3. U-Value less than or equal to 0.60. 4. SHGC less than or equal to 0.27. 5. Tempered per local code.

IV. Window Installation: A. Windows shall not be installed before exterior framing and installation of weather barrier are complete, as detailed in Section 05 and Section 11 respectively. B. Install window units in accordance with manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions. C. Attach window frame directly to studs; do not reinforce window with trim pieces. D. Align window plumb and level, free of warp or twist. Maintain dimensional tolerances and alignment with adjacent work.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 06: WINDOWS AND DOORS Page 60

1. Maximum variation from level or plumb is 0.06 inches every 3 feet. E. Install operating hardware. F. Assemble insect screen frame, miter and reinforced frame corners. Fit mesh taut into frame and secure. Fit frame with four spring loaded steel pin retainers. 1. Window screens must not be visibly damaged at time of substantial completion 9. G. Double weather-strip windows. Expanding foams are not acceptable; only low-expanding foams may be used. Further details on sealants are detailed in Section 11. H. Wash surfaces by method recommended and acceptable to sealant and window manufacturer; rinse and wipe surfaces clean. I. Remove excess sealant by moderate use of mineral spirits or other solvent acceptable to sealant manufacturer. J. Window glass may not be broken or scratched at time of substantial completion. Any scratch visible under normal lighting conditions from 10 feet away, as judged by CDCB, will be considered unacceptable. The Contractor will be required to replace windows as necessary 7. K. CDCB or Architect is to verify before final completion that all windows can operate under normal conditions without the use of unreasonable force. “Unreasonable force” is to be at the discretion of CDCB. The Contractor shall be required to repair or replace windows as necessary so all windows are easily operable.

PART B: EXTERIOR DOORS I. Performance Standards: A. ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of ENERGY STAR. As of this writing this is ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07. The ENERGY STAR Inspection Checklists are attached as Appendix B. This includes the following required U-Values and SHGC-Values: 1. Opaque Doors: U-Value of .21 or less. 2. Doors less than 50% light: U-Value of .27 or less, SHGC Value of .30 or less. 3. Doors more than 50% light: U-Value of .32 or less, SHGC Value of .30 or less. B. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. IA4. Ensure proper flashing at windows and doors. C. Windstorm Inspection Program: Construction must be eligible for the Windstorm Inspection Program by the Texas Department of Insurance by satisfying the 2006 Texas Revisions to the 2006 IRC or its superseding documents, are available free online at <http://www.tdi.texas.gov/wind/documents/ 2006_Texas_Revisions1.pdf>.

II. Warranty: Submit manufacturer’s standard warranty for all exterior doors. Contractor must ensure all exterior doors are installed in a fashion that does not void the warranty in any way.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 06: WINDOWS AND DOORS Page 61

III. Door Product Requirements: A. Dimensions: All exterior doors to be a minimum of 36 inch nominal width when open and a minimum of 1 3/4 inches thick. B. Material: All exterior doors shall be steel or fiberglass 3. C. Seams: Doors to be face welded, seamless with joints filled. D. Components: All components hot-dipped zinc-iron alloy-coated (galvannealed), with manufacturer's standard coating thickness. E. Peepholes: All entry doors shall have peepholes unless there is an integrated window 3. F. Doorbell: doorbell shall be included, as described in Section 09: Electrical.

IV. Door Installation: A. Coordinate frame anchor placement with wall construction. B. Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. C. Threshold of exterior doors shall be 3/4 inches or less 4. D. Gap between exterior doors and thresholds shall be minimized. Acceptable gap can be tested using a standard piece of paper: A piece of paper placed within the door shall be removable without tearing but with resistance from the door 6. Contractor shall be responsible for all corrective measures necessary to ensure gap is the appropriate size.

V. Hardware Requirements and Installation: A. All exterior door hardware to match B. All exterior door hardware shall be keyed alike C. All exterior doors shall have the following minimum hardware: 1. Entry lever with integrated lock, to meet accessibility requirements 2. Three hinges 3. Deadbolt 4. Door stop D. Install hardware in accordance with manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions

VI.Quality Control: A. Maximum diagonal distortion is 1/4 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. Any door with more distortion may be rejected. B. Contractor is responsible for providing a door that operates freely and keeps out normal wind and rain at time of Final Completion 8. C. Doors shall not swing open or close by the force of gravity alone. If CDCB discovers this to be the case, the Contractor will be responsible for necessary repairs 7.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 06: WINDOWS AND DOORS Page 62

PART C: INTERIOR DOORS I. Warranty: Submit manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s lifetime warranty for all interior doors. Contractor must ensure all interior doors are installed in a fashion that does not void the warranty in any way.

II. Door Product Requirements: A. Core: Provide hollow core doors at all locations. B. Type: As specified by Construction Documents. C. Dimensions: Interior Doors to be1-3/4 inches thick unless otherwise indicated, of flush construction. Width as indicated on construction drawings, but shall not have a nominal width of less than 32 inches. D. Veneer (unless otherwise indicated): 5 -ply, white birch, veneer grade as specified by quality standard, plain sliced, book veneer match, running assembly match E. Finish: Factory transparent finish. F. Frames: Factory fit doors to frame opening dimensions, with edge clearances in accordance with specified quality standard. G. Hardware: All interior doors to have matching hardware. H. Door Stops: Provide door stops, mounted to adjacent walls.

III. Door Installation: A. Paint: Prior to installation, paint all 6 sides of doors with color approved by CDCB. B. Framing: Verify that opening sizes are as indicated on plans. Walls shall be plumb and square as required by Section 05: Framing: C. Installation: Install doors in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and specified quality standard. D. Cutting: Do not field cut or trim doors. If fit or clearance is not correct, replace door. E. Tools: Use machine tools to cut or drill for hardware. F. Coordination: Coordinate installation of doors with installation of frames and hardware. G. Hardware: Install hardware in accordance to manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions. H. Closures: Adjust closers for full closure. I. ENERGY STAR: Free area opening shall be provided to meet ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07, as outlined in Appendix B.

IV. Quality Control: A. Maximum diagonal distortion is 1/4 inch measured with straight edge, corner to corner. Any door with more distortion may be rejected. B. Adjust doors for smooth and balanced door movement. Bottom of door should clear finish floor by 1 inch minimum and 1 1/2 inch maximum 8. C. Doors shall not swing open or close by the force of gravity alone. If CDCB discovers this to be the case, the Contractor will be responsible for the necessary repairs 7.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 06: WINDOWS AND DOORS Page 63

REFERENCES 1. buildingcommunityWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. CDCB, Existing CDCB for 864 square foot colonia home 3. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 4. U.S. Department of Housing and Urban Development, Fair Housing Act Design Manual, 1998 5. Kentucky Housing Corporation, Sample Specifications for New Single Family Detached Homes, 2007 6. Masonite, Side-Hinged Door Unit Installation Instructions, <http://www.masonite.com/pdf/installation/ Entry_Door_Install.pdf> 7. National Association of Home Builders, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines, 2005 8. Nevada State Contractors Board, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines Manual, 2009 9. South Carolina Department of Labor Licensing and Regulation, South Carolina Residential Construction Standards, 1998. 10. Window and Door Manufacturers Association, WDMA I.S.1A-04: Industry Standard for Architectural Wood Flush Doors, 2000 11. Zuniga, Suzanne Alternative Specifications for Green Residential Building, 2003 RELEVANT APPENDIXES B. ENERGY STAR Qualified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Inspection Checklists for National Program Requirements, 2013 C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated.

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 07: HVAC

SECTION 07: HVAC Page 65

[07]

PART A: VENTILATION AND DUCTWORK I. Performance Standards: A. ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of ENERGY STAR. As of this writing, the current version is ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07. Refer to ENERGY STAR Inspection Checklists, attached as Appendix B, and the ENERGY STAR Reference Guide available free online at <http://www.energystar.gov/ia/partners/bldrs_lenders_raters/downloads/ NationalProgramRequirements_v3.pdf>. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. Supply ducts in unconditioned attics shall have insulation R-8 or higher. 2. All other ducts in unconditioned spaces shall have insulation R-6 or higher. 3. Total duct leakage shall be less than 6 CFM25 per 100 square feet of conditioned floor area or less than 8 CMF25 when the house is under 1,200 square feet. 4. Duct leakage to the outdoors shall be less than 4 CFM25 per 100 square feet of conditioned floor area. 5. Ventilation shall meet requirements of ASHRAE 62.2-2010. B. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. IA5. Have ductwork sealed/covered during construction. 2. IA7. Sealed combustion or mech. fresh air. 3. IA13. Install return air ducts, jump ducts, or transfer grills in all bedrooms. C. Indoor airPLUS: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of Indoor airPLUS by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As of this writing, the current version is Indoor airPLUS Construction Specifications, Version 1 (Rev. 01), available free online at <http://www.epa.gov/ iaplus01/construction_specifications.html> . This includes the following requirements: 1. Equipment shall be installed with suďŹ&#x192;cient latent capacity to maintain indoor relative humidity (RH) at or below 60 percent 2. Building cavities cannot be used as part of the forced air supply or return systems 3. HVAC filter must be rated MERV 8 or better, as defined by ASHRAE 52.2-2007.

II. Qualifications: All HVAC contractors must hold the following qualifications: A. QA qualified and a member of the Air Conditioning Contractors of America (ACCA). B. North American Technician Excellence (NATE) certified.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 07: HVAC Page 66

III. Ductwork Products and Installation: A. Ductwork: Ductwork may be ductboard, rigid metal or flex-duct, unless specified otherwise and provided the above stated performance standards are met. Use of flex-duct should be limited as it can lead to excessive duct leakage. B. Route: Always install along most direct available path 8. C. Sealing: All ducts shall be sealed and insulated according to the IECC. UL 181 approved tape with Mastic shall be used: duct tape is not acceptable 3. 1. If connection is between two flexible components, it must have a metal collar and be sealed with mastic.

IV. Filters: All return ducts must be filtered with HEPA filters 3. A. Filters must be MERV 8 or better. B. All filters must be installed in locations easily accessible for replacement 7. C. Install filters per manufacturer’s instructions.

V. Ventilation: A. Bathrooms: All full bathrooms must be ventilated 4. 1. Vent shall be manufactured by FASCO or approved equal. 2. Must have direct, dedicated ventilation to exterior. B. Dryers: All dryers shall be vented to the exterior 4. C. Attic Ventilation: A minimum of 2 square feet of net free area for venting is required for every 150 square feet of attic floor space. These vents must be free of obstructions 3. D. Exterior Terminations: All exterior terminations shall be equipped with a back draft damper 3. E. Vent Pipes: Vent pipes shall be double walled to prevent condensation 3.

VI. Leak Testing and System Acceptance: A. ENERGY STAR: After installation is completed duct leakage shall be tested and found acceptable by an ENERGY-STAR Certified Home Energy Rater. 1. Total duct leakage must be less than 8 CMF25 per 100 square feet. 2. Leakage to the outside must be less than 6CFM for homes under 1,200 square feet and 4 CFM for homes that are larger. B. Repairs: Contractor shall repair any ductwork that becomes separated or develops any holes, prior to Final Completion 7. C. Oil-Canning: Ductwork shall not create excessively loud noise, also known as “oil-canning”. This indicates that ducts are not of proper wall thickness. Corrective action must be taken, with the results approved by CDCB 5.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 07: HVAC Page 67

PART B: MECHANICAL SYSTEMS I. Performance Standards: A. ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of ENERGY STAR. As of this writing, the current version is ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07. The ENERGY STAR Inspection Checklists are attached as Appendix B. B. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. IA7. Sealed combustion or mech. fresh air. 2. IA9. MERV 8 Filters or better for HVAC

II. Design Requirements: When not provided as part of the Construction Documents, Contractor shall be responsible for providing the design of an HVAC system, meeting the following requirements. A. Cooling: Air-conditioning system is required to maintain a temperature of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in all rooms, based on expected normal weather conditions 5. B. Heating: Heating system is required to maintain a temperature of 70 degrees Fahrenheit in all rooms, based on expected normal weather conditions 5. C. Positive Pressure: System must be designed to maintain positive pressure within building 6.

III. Warranty: Submit manufacturer's warranty for all mechanical systems. All HVAC equipment shall have a warranty for a minimum of five years 3.

IV. Equipment: A. Heating and Air Conditioning Units: Selection of unit type must be approved by CDCB before purchase. Units must meet above performance standards. 1. SEER: Equipment shall have a minimum SEER value of 15. B. Refrigerants: CFC-based refrigerants are not permitted (NIBS). C. Condensate Drains: Condensate drains shall not be installed above unprotected concrete 7. D. Heat Recovery Ventilation Units (HRVs): HRVs must be used to recover heat from exhausted indoor air and transfer to incoming air stream 3. E. Safety Cut-Oﬀ Switch: Safety Cut-Oﬀ Switch shall be required.

V. Thermostat: Programmable Thermostat shall be installed, unless otherwise indicated in Construction Documents. A. Climate Zones: If building is multiple floors, each floor shall be independently controlled. B. Location: Thermostats shall be located in main living area as shown in Construction Drawings. Thermostats shall be located at 48 inches above finish floor. C. Testing: Thermostat shall be calibrated according to manufacturer’s instructions. Temperature diﬀerentials greater than 4 degrees Fahrenheit shall not be accepted 9.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 07: HVAC Page 68

VI. Installation: A. Coordination: HVAC work must be coordinated with all other disciplines, such as Architectural, Electrical and Plumbing 2. B. Installation: Install all equipment in accordance to manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions. C. Sealing: The Contractor must seal oďŹ&#x20AC; HVAC system during construction in order to minimize amount of construction debris. 1. If an unsatisfactory amount of debris is found in system prior to substantial completion, CDCB may require a complete cleaning of all ducts and equipment, as well as replacement of all filters,

VII.System Testing : A. Qualifications: All mechanical systems shall be tested. Tests shall be conducted by a member of the Air Conditioning Contractors of America (ACCA) or a North American Technician Excellence (NATE) Certified professional. Test reports shall be submitted to CDCB for approval before system is considered accepted. B. ENERGY STAR: System must be able to pass the ENERGY STAR HVAC System Quality Installation Rater Checklist, attached as part of Appendix E. C. Leaks: Refrigerant lines shall be free of leaks. Contractor shall repair all known leaks 5.

REFERENCES 1. CDCB, Existing Standards for 864 square foot colonia home 2. Eastern Michigan University, Design and Construction Standards: Division 23 - Heating, Ventilating and Air Conditioning (HVAC), 2008 3. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 4. Kentucky Housing Corporation, Sample Specifications for New Single Family Detached Homes, 2007 5. National Association of Home Builders, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines, 2005 6. National Institute of Building Sciences, Federal Green Construction Guide for Specifiers - 23 70 00 HVAC Air Distribution, 2010 7. Nevada State Contractors Board, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines Manual, 2009 8. Raymer, Paul H. Working Through ASHRAE 62.2, 2012 <http://www.resnet.us/uploads/documents/conference/2012/ pdfs/Raymer-Working_Through_ASHRAE62.pdf> 9. South Carolina Department of Labor Licensing and Regulation, South Carolina Residential Construction Standards, 1998. 10. Virginia Department of Housing and Community Development, AHP Program Minimum Design, Construction, and Housing Rehabilitation Standards, Undated 11. Zuniga, Suzanne Alternative Specifications for Green Residential Building, 2003 RELEVANT APPENDIXES B. ENERGY STAR Qualified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Inspection Checklists for National Program Requirements, 2013 C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 08: PLUMBING

SECTION 08: PLUMBING Page 69

[08]

PART A: PLUMBING I. Performance Standards: A. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. W1. Manifold plumbing systems utilizing tubing.

II. Reference Standards: A. Design Guide: Residential PEX Water Supply Plumbing System by NAHB Research Center provides full details for Cross Linked Polyethylene (PEX), Plumbing Systems. It is available free online at <http:// huduser.org/portal/publications/pex_design_guide.pdf>

III. Qualifications: Plumbing shall be installed by a licensed Master Plumber in the state of Texas. License number shall be submitted to CDCB prior to start of plumbing work for verification.

IV. General Conditions: A. All plumbing piping shall be PEX or CPVC, or where otherwise specified 7. PEX is recommended, except when exposed to direct sunlight. B. Plumbing work shall include installation of all rough-in materials, to be fully connected to supply and drain to sewer system, properly vented, flushed and in proper working order. D. Plumbing through unconditioned spaces shall be limited where feasible 5. E. All piping and equipment shall be labeled, in a clear, legible manner 2.

V. Connections to Sewage and Utilities: A. Sewer Piping: Sewer piping shall CPVC, Scheduled 40 or better . B. Drainage and Vent Pipe: Contractor shall provide one of the following 2: 1. Solvent Welded PVC, compliant with ASTM D2855-12 2. Solvent Welded ABS plastic, compliant with ASTM D2751 C. Installation: Install new water and sewer lines to connect to local utility companies water meter and sewer taps. D. Penetrations: Any penetrations in basement or foundation for plumbing work shall be re-mortared by Contractor 6. E. Quality Control: Contractor is responsible assuring all water and sewer lines are properly connected to the main lines.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 08: PLUMBING Page 70

VI. PEX Requirements: A. Color Coding: PEX shall be purchased in three colors, to be used as follows: 1. Red: Hot Water 2. Blue: Cold Water 3. White: Greywater B. Bending: PEX may be bent only to the below limits 7: Tubing Size, (Nominal Inches)

3/8

1/2

3/4

Minimum Bending Radius (Inches)

C. Manifolds: Parallel manifold system shall be used unless otherwise specified 7: 1. Lines: Each faucet or outlet is to be fed with its own dedicated line. 2. Tubing Lengths: Tubing shall run continuously from manifold to faucet or outlet. 3. Expansion: Proper slack shall be left for thermal expansion and to minimize tension. 4. Connections: Excess tubing shall be left at the beginning and end of runs for connections 5. Tape: Tape may not be used to bundle tubing 6. Valves: Hot and cold water valves shall be installed at manifold. Valves shall also be placed at fixtures as required by CDCB and construction documents. Valves shall be easily accessible 7.

VII.CPVC Requirements: A. Sizing: CPVC shall be minimum 1/2 inch diameter, and shall be larger when necessary. B. Hangers: Provide hangers and supports, not to exceed spacing as required by code and to assure stable straight and firmly anchored runs. Separate hangers are to be used for each branch 2. C. Connections: Use specialized solvent approved for this purpose to ensure all connections and secure and free of leaks.

VIII.Escutcheon Plates: Escutcheon plates shall be provided on each pipe or hanger rod penetrating the wall, floor or ceiling in the following spaces 2: A. All finished spaces, including at washer/dryer hook up B. Within sink and vanity base cabinets.

IX. Washer/Dryer Hook Ups: Shall be installed at location indicated in Construction Documents.

X. Water Meter: Shall be provided on the exterior of the house 11.

XI. Hose Bibbs: A minimum of two hose bibbs shall be installed as located in Construction Documents 2. Bibbs shall be anchored to prevent pulling 7.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 08: PLUMBING Page 71

XII.Drains: Drains shall be properly vented and have a slope of 1/4 inch per foot 4.

XIII.Quality Control and Inspections: A. Inspection: Inspection must be completed and passed by a Plumbing Inspector licensed in Texas prior to Final Completion. Plumbing system must be free of leaks 5. B. Connections: Connections shall be made to minimize potential for leaks. The following will be considered unacceptable, at the discretion of CDCB 7: 1. Ring crimped over end of tube not covering enough ribs. 2. Tubing not installed at 90 degree angle. 3. Ring not completely covered by crimp tool. 4. Tubing not cut squarely. 5. Ring installed too far from pipe end. C. Leaks: If leaks are discovered, the water that goes to the pipe with a leak must be turned oﬀ immediately to prevent any further damage. Contractor shall be responsible for any water damage caused by improper installation, mishandling of materials or any other damage caused by construction activities 9. D. Noise: Some noise is understood to be part of normal plumbing system operation 7.

PART B: PLUMBING FIXTURES I. Performance Standards: A. ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07: Water Heater must meet or exceed standards for Energy Star 3.0 Rev. 07. Refer to the ENERGY STAR Inspection Checklists, attached as Appendix B and the ENERGY STAR Reference Guide, available free online at <http://www.energystar.gov/ia/partners/bldrs_lenders_raters/downloads/ NationalProgramRequirements_v3.pdf>. B. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. W2. Use water eﬃcient fixtures. 2. W3. Use low flow or dual flush toilets. 3. W8. Install low flow shower heads. C. WaterSense: All plumbing fixtures must have the WaterSense label from the Environmental Protection Agency.

II. General Conditions: Plumbing work shall include the installation of all fixtures. A. FInish: Finish of all fixtures is to match and is to be approved to by CDCB prior to purchase. B. Installation: All fixtures shall be installed per manufacturer’s instructions. C. Caulking: All fixtures shall be securely caulked to the surface to which they are mounted using low VOC caulk.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 08: PLUMBING Page 72

D. ADA: When applicable, ADA fixtures shall be provided. Refer to the most recent version of the Architectural Barriers Texas Accessibility Standards (TAS).

III. Kitchen Sink: Of manufacturer and model indicated in Construction Documents. A. Double bowl, stainless steel, self rimming sink. B. Grease trap C. Full port ball-type shut oďŹ&#x20AC; valves D. Garbage disposal when applicable.

IV.Bathroom Sink: Of manufacturer and model indicated in Construction Documents. A. Sink shall not be made of fiberglass; provide porcelain, porcelain-enameled or cultured marble sink. B. When size is not indicated in Construction Drawing 19 inch x 19 inch sink shall be provided. C. Faucets shall be lever type to meet accessibility requirements.

V. Toilet: Of manufacturer and model indicated in Construction Documents. A. 1.3 GPF single or double flush unless otherwise indicated. B. White vitreous china C. Floor mounted

VI. Faucets: Of manufacturer and model indicated in Construction Documents. A. All faucets shall meet Fair Housing accessibility requirements. B. Faucets shall have a maximum flow rate of 1.5 gpm (5.7 lpm) when tested at 60 psi 3.

VII.Bathtubs and Showers: Of manufacturer and model indicated in Construction Documents. A. Shall be sized as shown in Construction Drawings. B. Fiberglass tub/shower combinations shall be by Aker, Bootz Industries or equal 5. C. Stainless steel bathtubs are also permissible. D. Bathtub/Shower shall have a surround of either ceramic tile or fiberglass as indicated in Construction Documents. If ceramic, follow the specifications outlines in Section 14: Interior Finishes, B. Ceramic Tile.

VIII.Water Heater: Of manufacturer and model indicated in Construction Documents. A. When not otherwise specified provide an AO Smith brand ECRT-40 Water Heater or approved equal. B. High pressure and temperature relief valve C. Discharge tube to a separate protective pan or to outside of structure D. Shut-oďŹ&#x20AC; valve E. Insulating jacket of R-5 rating or better

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 08: PLUMBING Page 73

F. When gas water heater is specified, provide proper venting. G. Water Heater Closet: Water heater closets must be finished rooms. Water lines in water heater closet shall be insulated to minimum R-2.

IX. Quality Control and Inspections: A. Inspection of fixtures must be completed and accepted as part of inspection of overall plumbing system. Inspection must be conducted by a state plumbing inspector prior to usage 5. B. All fixtures shall be in brand new condition at time of Final Completion. If fixtures become chipped, cracked, or scratched during the construction period it is the responsibility of the Contractor to repair or replace as deemed necessary by CDCB 9. C. If leaks are discovered, the water that goes to the fixtures with a leak must be turned oďŹ&#x20AC; immediately to prevent any further damage. Contractor shall be responsible for any water damage caused by improper installation, mishandling of materials or any other damage caused by construction activities 8. D. All sewers, fixtures and drains shall be unclogged at the time of final completion 8.

REFERENCES 1. Existing CDCB Standards for 864 square foot colonia home 2. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 3. Environmental Protection Agency, Resource Manual for Building WaterSense Labeled New Homes Version 1.1, 2012 4. Kardon, Redwood, Ten Common Plumbing Mistakes, Published in Fine Homebuilding, October/November 1999 5. Kentucky Housing Corporation, Sample Specifications for New Single Family Detached Homes, 2007 6. Milwaukee Habitat for Humanity, Sewer and Water Specifications, Undated 7. NAHB Research Center, Design Guide: Residential PEX Water Supply Plumbing Systems, 2006 8. National Association of Home Builders, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines, 2005 9. Nevada State Contractors Board, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines Manual, 2009 10. South Carolina Department of Labor Licensing and Regulation, South Carolina Residential Construction Standards, 1998. 11. Virginia Department of Housing and Community Development, AHP Program Minimum Design, Construction, and Housing Rehabilitation Standards, Undated RELEVANT APPENDIXES B. ENERGY STAR Qualified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Inspection Checklists for National Program Requirements, 2013 C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated.

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 09: ELECTRICAL Page 75

SECTION 09: ELECTRICAL

[09]

PART A: ELECTRICAL I. Performance Standards: A. ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of ENERGY STAR. As of this writing, the current version is ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07. Refer to ENERGY STAR Inspection Checklists, attached as Appendix B, and the ENERGY STAR Reference Guide available free online at <http://www.energystar.gov/ia/partners/bldrs_lenders_raters/downloads/ NationalProgramRequirements_v3.pdf>.

II. General Conditions: A. All electrical work shall be protected from the weather. Exterior envelope must be in place prior to installation of electrical work. B. Furnish and install all wire, cable, conductors, connectors, conduit, junction boxes, electrical services, fixtures, outlets, lamps, trims, electrical services, and other electrical equipment 3. C. Power must be provided to all electrical equipment, appliances and devices depicted in the Construction Drawings 3. D. All fixtures shall be installed per manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions.

III. Wiring: A. Copper wiring shall be used throughout, except for wiring #6 or larger, where aluminum wiring is permissible 3. B. All wiring and conduit must be concealed within walls unless otherwise noted on Construction Documents.

IV. Receptacles: A. Location: Receptacles shall be of the number and location as required by all applicable codes and as shown in Construction Documents. B. Grounding: All receptacles must be grounded. C. Installation Height: Receptacles shall be installed 15 inches above finish floor to bottom of plate unless located above countertops. D. Cover Plates: All receptacles must have proper cover plates fit snugly to wall. E. GFCIs: Bathroom, kitchen and exterior are to have Ground Fault Circuit Interrupter (GFCI) protection. Kitchen counter must have two dedicated GFCI outlets, in addition to other requirements 5. 1. All GFCIs shall be tested by the Contractor per the manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 09: ELECTRICAL Page 76

V. Switches: A. General: Each room must have at least one switched light fixture or receptacle. B. Height: All switches must be installed at a height of 48 inches above finish floor to top of plate. C. Cover Plates: All switches must have proper cover plates fit snugly to wall.

VI. Light Fixtures: A. Location: Fixtures shall be located as indicated on Construction Drawings. B. Light Bulbs: All fixtures shall include ENERGY STAR-rated compact fluorescent (CF) 3. C. Exterior Lights: All exterior security lights shall have an interior switch.

VII.Ceiling Fans: A. Location: Living room and bedrooms must have ceiling fans as indicated in Construction Documents. B. Size: Must be 52 inches unless otherwise indicated. C. Light: Ceiling fans will have integrated light unless otherwise indicated. D. ENERGY STAR: All ceiling fans shall be ENERGY STAR Certified. E. Switches: All ceiling fans must be double-switched, one for light and one for fan. F. Installation: Fans must be hung directly from 2x blocking within the ceiling or with a manufacturer recommended metal brace G. Quality Control: Ceiling fans shall not vibrate excessively or be noisy. CDCB must verify all ceiling fans are acceptable at time of substantial completion and direct the Contractor to repair as necessary.

VIII. Breakers: A. Product Info: All breakers must be of the same brand. B. Breaker Box: 200 amp, 30 circuit or more. Minimum of two empty circuits in box at time of substantial completion 5. C. Height: Breakers and box must be installed in an easily accessible, interior location as shown at a height of 48 inches from finish floor to the top of the topmost breaker.

IX. Doorbell: All dwellings shall have a doorbell and chime, installed per manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions. A. Doorbell shall be installed adjacent to main entry door. B. Chime shall be installed in primary living area.

X. Quality Control: A. All electrical work must pass a rough-in and a final inspection by a licensed electrician. All outlets, switches, lights and fans shall be operational at time of Final Completion 7. B. Electrician must submit a report to CDCB verifying a thorough inspection of building. All issues identified by the electrician must be remedied by the Contractor prior to final completion and are subject to the approval of CDCB.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 09: ELECTRICAL Page 77

C. Normal operation shall not cause overheating or tripping the breaker. Contractor must check the loads on all receptacles and lighting circuits before acceptance 6.

PART B: TELECOMMUNICATIONS I. General Conditions: A. All telecommunications wiring must be concealed within walls 3. B. Contractor shall install a single plate and group phone and cable lines where applicable.

II. Telephone: All dwellings shall come pre-wired for telephones. A. Outlets shall be installed in the kitchen, living room, master bedroom and all locations indicated in Construction Documents 3. B. Outlets shall be placed in locations suitable for convenient use, and related to likely furniture placement 3. Location shall be discussed with Homeowner before installation.

III. Television: All dwellings shall come pre-wired for cable television. A. Jacks shall be installed in living room, master bedroom and any other location indicated in Construction Drawings. Two outlets on diďŹ&#x20AC;erent walls must be provided in the living room 3. B. Outlets shall be placed in locations suitable for convenient use, and related to likely furniture placement 3. Location shall be discussed with Homeowner. C. Television: All television cables shall be RG-6 unless otherwise specified 6. D. Cable must be installed directly from service box to each outlet; no splitting is permitted 6.

IV. Local Area Network: When indicated in Construction Documents, provide a Local Area Network , capable of providing a high-speed internet connection. When not indicated, it is the responsible of Homeowner to install.

V. Quality Control: Telecommunication wiring must be kept in good condition for the duration of construction.

PART C: SMOKE AND CARBON MONOXIDE DETECTORS I. Performance Standards: A. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. IA10. CO detectors if gas fixtures used.

II. Product Requirements: A. Combination Detectors: Combined smoke and carbon monoxide detectors shall be installed unless otherwise noted. B. Certification: All detectors must be UL-Certified.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 09: ELECTRICAL Page 78

C. Back-Up: All detectors shall be hard-wired with battery-backup 5. D. Wiring: Detectors shall not be installed on a dedicated circuit 5. E. Smoke Sensors: Smoke detectors shall use photoelectric sensor 3. F. CO Sensors: CO detectors shall use electrochemical sensors. G. Installation: Shall be according to manufacturer’s instructions.

III. Locations: Smoke detectors shall be installed in the following locations, as shown in Construction Documents 5: A. One in each bedroom. B. One outside each bedroom, within eight feet of bedroom door. C. Each floor of the residence must have a minimum of one smoke detector. D. Detectors shall be as far from the kitchen as possible 5.

IV. Testing and Protection: A. Smoke and carbon monoxide detectors will be protected from construction debris after installation. B. All smoke and CO detectors must be tested, in presence of CDCB or approved representative, prior to Final Completion. C. Smoke alarms shall not be “chirping” prior to project completion. Contractor shall replace all batteries in smoke detectors as necessary.

PART D: SECURITY SYSTEM I. General Condition: Security Systems shall only be installed if required in Construction Documents. If not specified, this part is not applicable.

II. Installation: A. Security System control panel shall be installed only to finished surfaces. B. Installation must follow all manufacturer’s instructions and be conducted by a professional certified by the manufacturer of the system. C. Security panel must to located in close proximity to main entrance.

III. Quality Control: A. Security system must be tested, in the presence of CDCB or an authorized representative, prior to final completion. If the system is not fully operational, the Contractor is responsible for making all necessary repairs. B. Homeowner must be instructed in proper use of system.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 09: ELECTRICAL Page 79

REFERENCES 1. Existing CDCB Standards for 864 square foot colonia home 2. Fremont Community Development Department, Building & Safety Division, Residential Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Alarm Requirements, 2013 3. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 4. Home Depot, Buying Guide: Smoke and Carbon Monoxide Alarms, Available Online, Undated 5. Kentucky Housing Corporation, Sample Specifications for New Single Family Detached Homes, 2007 6. Nevada State Contractors Board, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines Manual, 2009 7. South Carolina Department of Labor Licensing and Regulation, South Carolina Residential Construction Standards, 1998. RELEVANT APPENDIXES B. ENERGY STAR Qualified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Inspection Checklists for National Program Requirements, 2013 C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated.

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 10: INSULATION

SECTION 10: INSULATION Page 81

[10]

PART A: INSULATION I. Performance Standards: A. ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of ENERGY STAR. As of this writing, the current version is ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07. Refer to ENERGY STAR Thermal Enclosure System Checklist, attached as part of Appendix B. B. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. M9. Use recycled/reclaimed materials for framing/construction.

II. Reference Standards: A. RESNET: All insulation shall be installed to the requirements of RESNET (Residential Energy Services Network) Grade I. 1. Insulation must uniformly fill each cavity side-to-side and top-to-bottom 2. No substantial gaps or compressions 3. No voids around obstructions 4. Split installed, and blanketed around wiring and other services 5. Walls containing insulation must be enclosed on all six sides 6. Insulation shall be in substantial contact with sheathing material on at least one side

III. General Conditions: Unless otherwise specified, foamed-in-place insulation, cellulose insulation, foam board insulation, or a combination thereof is acceptable. It is recommended that prices for multiple options are procured and Contractor chooses the lowest bid from a qualified sub-contractor. A. R-Value: Insulation must achieve R-Values as required to achieve ENERGY STAR 3.0 and as indicated in Construction Documents. 1. The R-Value shall be achieved as part of the overall wall and roof structure system. Please consult other sections of this document as relevant. 2. Insulation shall be fit snugly in throughout. B. Quality Control: Insulation shall be fit snugly around all openings,framing and elements within framing. Insulation shall have less than 2% of gaps/voids for the entire structure. C. Garages: When a garage is included, Contractor shall insulate the wall between garage and conditioned spaces.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 10: INSULATION Page 82

IV. Batt Insulation: A. General: Batt insulation may only be used for air vapor barriers. When batt insulation is acceptable, Contractor shall use mineral fiber batt insulation. B. Mineral Fiber Batt Insulation: Flexible preformed batt or blanket, complying with ASTM C665; friction fit; unfaced flame spread index of 0 (zero) when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. 1. Smoke Developed Index: of zero, when tested in accordance with ASTM E84. C. Batt Insulation Installation: 1. Install insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and RESNET Grade 1 guidelines. 2. For glass fiber insulation, installers must wear protective clothing and respirators 8.

V. Foamed-In-Place Insulation: Low-density, flexible, open celled, water vapor permeable polyurethane foam; foamed on-site. A. Products: Demilec (USA) LLC; SEALection 500 or approved equal. B. Installation: 1. Apply insulation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. 2. Apply insulation by spray method, to a uniform monolithic density without voids. 3. Use blowing agent of water or non-ozone-depleting gas.

VI. Rockwool Blown-In Cellulose Insulation A. Product Details 7: 1. Comply with ASTM C739 for the composition and physical requirements of chemically treated, recycled cellulosic fiber loose-fill thermal insulation. 2. If available, cellulose shall be of 75% post-consumer recycled content. B. Installation: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions 2. Use fiber mesh to achieve a clean installation. 3. Install in exterior wall spaces without gaps or voids. Insulate miscellaneous gaps and voids. 4. Install to density and depth needed to achieve the required R-values. 5. Allow a minimum of 24 hours to dry.

VII.Foam Board Insulation: A. Product Details 7: 1. Standards: Comply with ASTM C578, Type X; Extruded polystyrene board with either natural skin or cut cell surfaces. 2. Board Thickness: Minimum 1/2 inch. 3. Manufacturers: Dow Chemical, Owens Corning Group, Pactiv Building Products, Diversifoam Products or approved equal.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 10: INSULATION Page 83

B. Installation: 1. Install in accordance with manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions 2. Install using cap nails. 3. Install boards horizontally on walls. 4. Place boards to maximize adhesive contact. 5. Install in running bond pattern. 6. Place 6 inch wide membrane flashing sheet at perimeter of wall openings, 1. Extend sheet from adhesive vapor retarder bed to window and door frames. 2. Tape seal in place to ensure continuity of vapor retarder and air seal.

REFERENCES 1. bcWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. Existing CDCB Standards for rehabilitation projects 3. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 4. Fisette, Paul, University of Massachusetts Amherst, Cellulose Insulation - A Smart Choice, 2005 5. Residential Prescriptive Requirements, 2009 International Energy Conservation Code, <http://energycode.pnl.gov/ EnergyCodeReqs/?state=Texas> 6. U.S. Department of Energy, Building America Solution Center, Insulation Installation (RESNET Grade 1), <http:// basc.pnnl.gov/resource-guides/insulation-installation-resnet-grade-1> 7. Whole Building Design Guide, Federal Green Construction Guide for Specifiers, 07 20 00 Thermal Protection, 2010 8. Zuniga, Suzanne Alternative Specifications for Green Residential Building, 2003. RELEVANT APPENDIXES B. ENERGY STAR Qualified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Inspection Checklists for National Program Requirements, 2013 C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated.

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 11: WEATHER BARRIERS Page 85

SECTION 11: WEATHER BARRIERS

[11]

PART A: WEATHER BARRIERS I. Performance Standards: A. ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of ENERGY STAR. As of this writing, the current version is ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07. Refer to the ENERGY STAR Thermal Enclosure System Checklist, attached as part of Appendix B. This includes the following guidelines: 1. A complete, fully-aligned air barrier around walls, floors and ceilings. 2. Full sealing of all cracks in the building envelope B. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. M1. Employ and show flashing details on plans. C. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rules #1113 & #1168: Limits for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) must be met for all work. These rules can be found free online at <http:// www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1113.pdf> and <http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1168.pdf> respectively.

II. Footings and Foundations: Shall have appropriate moisture and air barriers as outlined in Section 04: Foundations.

III. Product Requirements: Provide housewrap unless otherwise indicated. A. Thickness: 40 mils (0.040 inch), minimum. B. Air Permeance: 0.004 cubic feet per square foot, maximum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E2178. C. Water Vapor Permeance: 12 perms, minimum, when tested in accordance with ASTM E96/E96M. D. Acceptable Products: DuPont Tyvek HomeWrap or approved equal.

IV. Installation: A. Install in accordance to manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions. B. Wrap in a continuous band, starting slightly below the bottom of the exterior sheathing 2. C. Overlap all seams and seal with tape. Use tape recommended by the manufacturer for this purpose 2. D. Extend weather barrier below bottom plate and seal. E. Install to ensure complete barrier around entire conditioned space. V. Openings and Penetrations in Weather Barriers: A. Openings with Flanges: At openings to be filled with frames having nailing flanges, seal head and jamb flanges, seal weather barrier using a continuous bead of sealant compressed by flange and cover flanges; do not seal sill flange.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 11: WEATHER BARRIERS Page 86

B. Openings without Flanges: At openings to be filled with non-flanged frames, seal weather barrier to all sides of opening framing, using flashing at least 9 inches wide, covering entire depth of framing. C. Heads: At heads of openings, install flashing under weather barrier extending at least 2 inches beyond face of jambs; seal weather barrier to flashing. D. Sills: Install flashing over sills, covering entire sill frame member, extending at least 5 inches onto weather barrier and at least 6 inches up jambs; mechanically fasten stretched edges. E. Interior Faces: At interior face of openings, seal gap between window/door frame and rough framing, using joint sealant over backer rod. F. Service and Other Penetrations: Form flashing around penetrating item and seal to weather barrier surface.

VI.Sealants: A. All gaps in exterior sheathing, such as seams between adjacent sheets, shall be sealed with a proper sealant. All penetrations, such as holes drilled for condensation lines and utility boxes, shall be sealed with an expanding spray foam or equivalent 2. B. Seal at all openings in exterior sheathing, such as hose bibbs, and exterior lights 2.

VII. Quality Control: A. Do not cover installed weather barriers until required inspections have been completed. B. Do not leave materials exposed to weather longer than recommended by manufacturer.

REFERENCES 1. buildingcommunityWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 RELEVANT APPENDIXES B. ENERGY STAR Qualified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Inspection Checklists for National Program Requirements, 2013 C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 12: ROOFING

SECTION 12: ROOFING Page 87

[12]

PART A: ROOFING I. Performance Standards: A. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. M8. Use minimum 30 lb. felt or modified bitumen under roofing. 2. M15. Use proper roof flashings and trim. 3. W13. Downspouts drain onto a pervious surface. B. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rules #1113 & #1168: Limits for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) must be met for all work. These rules can be found free online at <http:// www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1113.pdf> and <http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1168.pdf> respectively. C. Windstorm Inspection Program: Construction must be eligible for the Windstorm Inspection Program by the Texas Department of Insurance by satisfying the 2006 Texas Revisions to the 2006 IRC or its superseding documents, available free online at <http://www.tdi.texas.gov/wind/documents/ 2006_Texas_Revisions1.pdf>.

II. Warranty: Submit manufacturer’s standard warranty for all roofing. Contractor must ensure all roofing are installed in a fashion that does not void the warranty in any way. A. Shingles: Submit manufacturer’s 25 Year or 30 Year warranty, as indicated in Construction Documents. B. Waterproofing Warranty: Provide manufacturer’s standard warranty for weathertightness of roofing system.

III. General Condition: Architect shall select and CDCB shall approve installation of either metal roofing or shingle roofing and appropriate finishes.

IV. Metal Roofing Products: A. Steel Panels: Factory-formed panels with factory-applied finish. 1. Material: Aluminum-zinc alloy-coated steel conforming to ASTM A792/A792M; minimum AZ50 coating. 2. Steel Thickness: Minimum 24 gauge. 3. Manufacturers: Thin Seam by Fabral or approved equal. B. Miscellaneous Sheet Metal Items: Provide sheet metal roofing accessories of the same material, thickness, and finish as used for the roofing panels. Items completely concealed after installation may optionally be made of stainless steel.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 12: ROOFING Page 88

C. Fasteners and Clips: Use manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s recommended fasteners and clips. Fasteners and clips shall be concealed, except as otherwise recommended by manufacturer. D. Sealants: 1.Exposed sealant must cure to rubber-like consistency. 2.Concealed sealant must be non-hardening type.

V.Metal Roofing Installation: A. General: Contractor shall provide a roof free of leaks. B. Instructions: Install roofing system in accordance with approved shop drawings and panel manufacturer's instructions and recommendations, as applicable to specific project conditions. C. Factory Work: Fabricate and finish panels and accessory items at factory, using manufacturer's standard processes as required to achieve specified appearance and performance requirements. D. Coordination: Coordinate roofing work with all adjoining work to assure that the completed roof will be free of leaks. E. Dissimilar Metals: Separate dissimilar metals by applying a bituminous coating, self-adhering rubberized asphalt sheet, or other permanent method approved by roof panel manufacturer. F. Connections with Other Materials: Where metal will be in contact with wood or other absorbent material subject to wetting, seal joints with sealing compound and apply one coat of heavy-bodied bituminous paint. G. Field Cutting: Minimize field cutting of panels.

VI. Shingle Roofing Products: A. Shingles: Provide mineral surfaced, self-sealing, asphalt fiberglass shingles. 1. Noncombustible: Class 1 3. 2. Manufacturers: Owens Corning or approved equal 3. Finish: As indicated in Construction Drawings. B. Underlayment: 30 lb., asphalt-saturated non-perforated organic roofing felt 3. 1. Standards: Complying with ASTM D226 2. Width: 36 inches wide C. Fasteners: Provide 1 1/4 inches long hot-dip galvanized 11 or 12 gauge sharp pointed conventional roofing nails or better as necessary to meet Windstorm requirements.

VII.Shingle Roofing Installation: A. General: Contractor shall provide a roof that is free of leaks. B. Instructions: Install per manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions C. Nailing: Provide a minimum of 6 nails per shingle 3. Nails shall be hammer driven. D. Nail Heads: All nail heads shall be sealed 5.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 12: ROOFING Page 89

E. Quality Control: 1. Contractor shall not install any shingles with chips, cracks, or breaks larger than 1/2 inch 6. 2. Shingles shall be laid in straight rows in courses even in width. 3. Shingles shall overhang the edge of the roof by not less than 1/4 inch and not more than 3/4 inch, unless manufacturer specifies otherwise 5.

VIII.Roof Drainage: A. Unless otherwise specified in Construction Drawings, rain gutters shall be seamless, continuous 5 inch white aluminum attached to noseboards with appropriate hangers. Downspouts shall be 3 inch properly strapped to the wall or post4. B. Roof drainage shall connect to the stormwater management system, as described in Section 03:Earthwork. C. Gutters shall not overflow during normal rain events 5. D. Gutters and downspouts shall not leak nor retain excessive standing water. Standing water should not exceed 3/8 inch within a period no greater than 8 hours after rainfall 6.

REFERENCES 1. buildingcommunityWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. Existing CDCB Standards for 864 square foot colonia home 3. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 4. Kentucky Housing Corporation, Sample Specifications for New Single Family Detached Homes, 2007 5. National Association of Home Builders, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines, 2005 6. Nevada State Contractors Board, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines Manual, 2009 RELEVANT APPENDIXES C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated.

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 13: EXTERIOR FINISHES

SECTION 13: EXTERIOR FINISHES Page 91

[13]

Note: Architect shall select and CDCB shall approve exterior finishes. Refer to Construction Documents for production selection and details.

PART A: SIDING I. Performance Standards: A. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. M5. Use minimum 25 year warranty materials for exterior surfaces. 2. M17. Use water resistant barrier behind siding. B. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rules #1113 & #1168: Limits for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) must be met for all work. These rules can be found free online at <http:// www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1113.pdf> and <http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1168.pdf> respectively. C. Windstorm Inspection Program: Construction must be eligible for the Windstorm Inspection Program by the Texas Department of Insurance by satisfying the 2006 Texas Revisions to the 2006 IRC or its superseding documents, available free online at <http://www.tdi.texas.gov/wind/documents/ 2006_Texas_Revisions1.pdf>.

II. Reference Standards: A. Best Practices - Installation Guide Siding and Trim Products, Version 6.1, James Hardie Building Products, Inc., 2012. Outlines acceptable installation standards for Fiber Cement siding produced by James Hardie. If another brand is used, then appropriate manufacturer’s instructions shall supersede. It is available online at <http://www.jameshardie.com/pdf/best-practices/hz/hz10-2012-v6-1-p1-29.pdf>. B. How to Install Western Red Cedar Siding, Western Red Cedar Lumber Association outlines acceptable techniques for the installation of cedar siding, available free online at <http://www.wrcla.org/pdf/ WRCLA_Installing_Siding.pdf>.

III. Warranty: Submit manufacturer’s warranty for all siding. Contractor must ensure all siding is installed in a fashion that does not void the warranty in any way. A. Cedar Siding: Submit manufacturer’s standard warranty, preferably 25 years or more in duration when available. B. Fiber Cement Siding: Submit manufacturer’s standard warranty, of minimum 25 years in duration.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 13: EXTERIOR FINISHES Page 92

IV.Cedar Siding: A. Product Details: 1. Grade: Clear heart grade 4. 2. Pattern and Texture: As approved by Architect. 3. Drying: Kiln-Dried 4. B. Nails: All nails for exterior woodwork shall be hot dipped galvanized. For best results use split-less ring shank siding nails. Nails shall be sized to penetrate a minimum of 1 1/4 inches into solid wood 8.

V. Cedar Siding Installation: A. General Conditions: Products shall be installed according to Western Red Cedar Lumber Association installation guidelines and adhere to local building codes. B. Finishing: finishing shall occur before installation. Factory finishing is preferred 8. C. Staining: Select stain or sealant recommended by manufacturer and to the finishes selected by Architect. Staining to occur before installation. D. Field Cuts: All field cuts must be finished and allowed to dry before installation 8. E. Quality Control: Installed siding shall be in good condition: 1. Splits wider than 1/8 inches are not acceptable 5. 2. Bows in the siding should not exceed 1/4 inches in 8 feet of length. 3. Siding shall not project more than 3/16 inches from adjacent siding 5. 4. Trim board shall not be cupped more than 3/16 inch in 5 1/2 inch of length 5. 5. Siding should be installed square and not vary more than 1/2 inch oďŹ&#x20AC; parallel in 20 feet with other courses 5. F. Nailing: Nail using nail gun to ensure consistent work. All nails shall be driven into framing members. Overdriven nails shall be removed and replaced with a new nail 8. G. Flashing: Install horizontal flashing at all wall penetrations, material changes and material directional changes 8. H. Alignment: Ensure that siding is clearly aligned across all sides of the building. I. Spacing: 1. Siding shall be installed to minimize gaps between adjacent pieces. Gaps wider than 3/16 inch shall be considered excessive and shall be corrected by Contractor. 2. Overlap siding as recommended by manufacturer or as shown in Construction Documents. 3. Leave a minimum 2 inch gap between siding and any roofs and decks to avoid wicking 8. 4. For cedar rain screen walls, leave spacing as indicated on Construction Drawings. J. Corners: All corners shall be either 8: 1. Mitered to a professional looking finish 2.Covered with corner boards sitting snugly against siding.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 13: EXTERIOR FINISHES Page 93

VI. Fiber Cement Siding: A. Manufacturers: James Hardie Building Products, Inc. or approved equal. B. Lap Siding: Individual horizontal boards made of cement and cellulose fiber formed under high pressure with integral surface texture, complying with ASTM C1186 Type A Grade II; with machined edges. C. Panel Siding: Vertically oriented panels made of cement and cellulose fiber formed under high pressure with integral surface texture, complying with ASTM C1186 Type A Grade II; with machined edges. D. Trim: Same material and texture as siding. E. Fasteners: Galvanized or corrosion resistant; length as required to penetrate minimum 1-1/4 inch into structure. F. Joint Sealer: As recommended by manufacturer. G. Finish Paint: Low VOC latex house paint acceptable to siding manufacturer; primer recommended by paint manufacturer.

VII.Fiber Cement Siding Installation: A. General Conditions: Install in accordance with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations. 1. It is strongly recommended that contractor attender training by James Hardie Building Products Inc. annually. B. Prior to installation: 1. Design details and modular patterns to minimize use of sealant joints and jobsite waste. Details shall not be determined during installation 4. 2. Read warranty and comply with all terms necessary to maintain warranty coverage. 3. Touch up all field cut edges before installing. 4. Pre-drill nail holes if necessary to prevent breakage. C. Trim: Use trim details indicated in Construction Drawings. D. Alignment: Ensure that siding is level and clearly aligned across all sides of the building. E. Spacing: 1. Allow space between both ends of siding panels that butt against trim for thermal movement; seal joint between panel and trim with exterior grade sealant. 2. Do not install siding less than 6 inches from surface of ground nor closer than 1 inch to roofs, patios, porches, and other surfaces where water may collect. 3. 1/4 inch gap shall be left between siding and where flashing laps over trim. F. Joints: 1. Horizontal Siding: Avoid joints in lap siding except at corners; where joints are inevitable, stagger joints between successive courses a minimum of 3 inches. 2. Vertical Siding: Install Z-flashing in horizontal joints between successive courses of vertical siding. 3. Sizing: Joints between exterior trim shall not be wider than 1/4 inch 5.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 13: EXTERIOR FINISHES Page 94

G. Sealing: After installation, seal joints as recommended by manufacturer. Seal around all penetrations. Paint all exposed cut edges. H. Quality Control: Siding with any deviation from below standards will be replaced by Contractor. 1. Siding shall meet all quality standards outlined by manufacturer. 2. Siding shall not have any splits. 3. Trim board shall not be cupped more than 3/16 inch in 5 1/2 inches in length 5. 4. Courses shall not vary from level more than 1/2 inch.

PART B: BRICK VENEER I. General Condition: This section assumes brick veneer construction. Load-bearing brick walls shall be built as shown in Construction Drawings and to meet all relevant codes and standards.

II. Performance Standards: A. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. M5. Use minimum 25 year warranty materials for exterior surfaces. B. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rules #1113 & #1168: Limits for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) must be met for all work. These rules can be found free online at <http:// www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1113.pdf> and <http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1168.pdf> respectively. C. Windstorm Inspection Program: Construction must be eligible for the Windstorm Inspection Program by the Texas Department of Insurance by satisfying the 2006 Texas Revisions to the 2006 IRC or its superseding documents, available free online at <http://www.tdi.texas.gov/wind/documents/ 2006_Texas_Revisions1.pdf>.

III. Products: A. Color and Texture: As approved by CDCB in Product Data submittal. B. Quality Control: Bricks shall be free of defects and deficiencies. C. Spalling: New brick shall not spall. Spalling of used bricks shall be acceptable 5.

IV. Support: Brick veneer must be placed on base of adequate strength to support construction and all relevant codes. 2/3 of the thickness of the brick must rest on supporting foundation or lintel 3.

V. Air Space: Minimum 1 inch air space must exist between the brick veneer and sheathing.

VI. Courses: A. Leveling: No point along the bottom of any one course shall be more than 1/4 inch higher or lower than any other point within 8 feet along the bottom of the same course 6.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 13: EXTERIOR FINISHES Page 95

B. Openings: Cut bricks used in the course directly below an opening shall not vary from one another in thickness more than 1/4 inch 5. C. Toothing: Toothing is only accepted when connecting brickwork to existing walls.

VII.Ties: All brickwork shall be anchored using wall ties 3. A. Each tie shall not support more than 2.67 square feet of brickwork. B. Ties shall not be spaced more than 24 inches on center vertically. C. Ties shall be spaced 16 inches on center horizontally, to align with studs. D. Ties shall be anchored within mortar joints. E. Ties shall be nailed directly to the stud, not just the sheathing.

VIII.Mortar: A. Mortar Bridging: Mortar shall not bridge cavity separating brick veneer from front face of sheathing. B. Mortar Droppings: Keep cavities free of mortar dropping and other debris. Cavities with excessive droppings and debris will be tested for proper water drainage. If cavity is found to not drain properly, Contractor will repair the cavity and wall at Contractorâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s expense 7. C. Cracks and Voids: Cracks and voids in the mortar joints are unacceptable and shall be filled in.

IX.Flashing: A. Location: Flashing is required at foundation, window sills, roofs and above all windows and door heads 3. B. Installation: Project and terminate veneer and through-wall flashing minimum 1/4 inch from the face of masonry and form drip edge. When flexible flashing is used, create drip edge with non-corrosive metal 7. C. Weepholes: All brick veneer walls must have weepholes, placed a maximum of 24 inch apart 7.

PART C: SIGNAGE I. House Numbers: House numbers shall be supplied and installed as indicated within Construction Documents.

II. Additional Signage: When Construction Documents indicate additional signage, refer to the requirements within Multi-Family Residential Standards.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 13: EXTERIOR FINISHES Page 96

REFERENCES 1. buildingcommunityWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. Allen, Edward and Iano, Joseph; Fundamentals of Building Construction, Fifth Edition, John Wiley & Sons, 2008. 3. Brick Industry Association, Builder Notes, Issue 2: Basics of Brick Veneer Construction & Workmanship Checklist, Not Dated 4. Massachusetts Department of Housing and Community Development, Design and Construction Guidelines and Standards: Division 7 Thermal & Moisture Protection, 2012 5. National Association of Home Builders, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines, 2005 6. Nevada State Contractors Board, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines Manual, 2009 7. Philadelphia OďŹ&#x192;ce of Housing and Community Development, Small Building Specifications, For Construction and Rehabilitation of Single-Family Houses and Small Multi-Family Properties (2-4 Units, 3 Stories or Less), 2011 8. Western Red Cedar Lumber Association, How to Install Western Red Cedar Siding, Not Dated RELEVANT APPENDIXES C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 14: INTERIOR FINISHES Page 97

SECTION 14: INTERIOR FINISHES

[14]

PART A: PAINT I. Performance Standards: A. Indoor airPLUS: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of Indoor airPLUS by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As of this writing, the current version is Indoor airPLUS Construction Specifications, Version 1 (Rev. 01), available free online at <http://www.epa.gov/ iaplus01/construction_specifications.html>. This includes the following requirement 6.2, Interior Paints and Finishes: 1. For interior paints and finishes comprising 90% or more of the interior surface area covered by such products, use only products certified as low-VOC or no-VOC by one of the following: a. Green Seal Standard GS-11 (Third Edition) b. Greenguard Certification for Paints and Coatings c. Scientific Certification Systems (SCS) Standard EC-10.2-2007, Indoor Advantage Gold d. Master Painters Institute (MPI) Green Performance Standards X-Green, GPS-1 or GPS-2 e. A third-party low-emitting product list based on CA Section 01350 (CDPH Standard Method V1,1-2010) B. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rules #1113 & #1168: Limits for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) must be met for all work. These rules can be found free online at <http:// www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1113.pdf> and <http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1168.pdf> respectively.

II. General Guidelines: A. Scope: All interior walls and ceilings to be painted unless otherwise indicated in Construction Documents. B. Painting Schedules 3: 1. Partitions and Walls: 1 coat primer, 2 coats satin or eggshell latex paint. 2. Interior Ceilings: 1 coat primer, 2 coats flat latex paint. 3. Interior Trim/Painted Woodwork: 1 coat primer, 2 coats semi-gloss latex paint. C. Quantity: Supply each paint in quantity required to complete entire project’s work from a single production run. D. Dilution: Do not reduce, thin or dilute coatings or add materials to coating unless such procedure is specifically described in manufacturer’s instructions. E. Primers: Where the manufacturer oﬀers options on primers for a particular substrate, use primer categorized as "best" by the manufacturer.

III. Acceptable Manufacturers: A. Base Manufacturer: Sherwin Williams Paints. B. Duron, Inc

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 14: INTERIOR FINISHES Page 98

C. Glidden Professional D. ICI Paints E. Kwal Paint, a Comex Group company F. Benjamin Moore & Co G. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc H. Or approved equal.

IV. Preparations Prior to Painting: A. FIll all minor defects in gypsum board surfaces with filler compound prior to painting 9. B. If any wood surfaces are intended to be painted, sand and clean the surfaces beforehand 3. C. Drop cloths shall be used for the protection of all surfaces. D. Remove hardware, accessories, lighting fixtures and similar finish products to protect from painting. 1. Items that cannot be removed shall be protected in place. 2. Contractor shall repair or replace items which have excessive paint on them that were not intended by CDCB to be painted 3.

V. Painting: A. Paint shall be applied to uniform color, finish, and appearance, including all edges, corners, crevices and reveals 3. B. Paint shall be evenly and smoothly spread, free of any runs, drips, sags and brush marks 3. 1. Brush marks shall not be visible from 6 feet under normal lighting conditions 7. C. Successive coats shall not be applied until the preceding coat has dried for the time recommended by manufacturer 3.

VI. Finishing and Protection: A. Reinstall all hardware, accessories, lighting fixtures and similar after painting is complete and has finished drying. B. Contractor to leave all unused paint in clean 1 gallon and 1 quart containers upon completion of project for homeowner for touch-up purposes 6. C. Areas aďŹ&#x20AC;ected by drywall repairs shall be repainted to match surrounding 10.

PART B: CERAMIC TILE I. Performance Standards: A. Indoor airPLUS: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of Indoor airPLUS by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As of this writing, the current version is Indoor airPLUS Construction Specifications, Version 1 (Rev. 01), available free online at <http://www.epa.gov/ iaplus01/construction_specifications.html>. This includes the following requirement 6.2, Interior Paints and Finishes:

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 14: INTERIOR FINISHES Page 99

1. For interior paints and finishes comprising 90% or more of the interior surface area covered by such products, use only products certified as low-VOC or no-VOC by one of the following: a. Green Seal Standard GS-11 (Third Edition) b. Greenguard Certification for Paints and Coatings c. Scientific Certification Systems (SCS) Standard EC-10.2-2007, Indoor Advantage Gold d. Master Painters Institute (MPI) Green Performance Standards X-Green, GPS-1 or GPS-2 e. A third-party low-emitting product list based on CA Section 01350 (CDPH Standard Method V1,1-2010) B. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rules #1113 & #1168: Limits for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) must be met for all work. These rules can be found free online at <http:// www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1113.pdf> and <http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1168.pdf> respectively.

II. Glazed Tile Requirements: A. Manufacturer: American Olean, Interceramic or approved equal. B. Moisture Absorption: 3.0 to 7.0 percent. C. Size, Shape, Finish, Pattern and Color: As indicated in Construction Documents. D. Trim Units: Matching bead, bullnose, cove, and base shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile.

III. Ceramic Trim: Matching surface bullnose and cove ceramic shapes in sizes coordinated with field tile. A. Applications: Use in the following locations: 1. Open Edges: Surface Bullnose. 2. Inside Corners: Jointed. 3. Floor to Wall Joints: Cove base. B. Manufacturer and Color: Same as for tile.

IV. Thresholds: Bullnose profile by Schluter - RONDEC model or approved equal. Satin nickel anodized aluminum. Full width of wall or frame opening.

V. Mortar: Dry-Set Portland Cement, approved under ANSI A118.1. All mortar to be from the same manufacturer.

VI. Grout: Any type approved under ANSI A118.6 or A118.7 A. Color: As indicated in Construction Documents. B. Manufacturer: All grout to be obtained from the same manufacturer.

VII.Backing Panels: Concrete tile-backer board, fiberglass-reinforced both sides, nominal 1/2 inch thickness 9. A. Provide screws approved for use with backer board by backer board manufacturer 9.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 14: INTERIOR FINISHES Page 100

VIII.Preparations Before Installation: A. Verify area is smooth, flat, and dust-free before installation. B. Protect surrounding work from damage.

IX. Installation: A. Pattern: Tiling shall be laid in a grid pattern in alignment with floor, base and walls unless other pattern is indicated in Construction Documents 3. B. Openings: Do not interrupt tile pattern through openings. C. Joints: Place tile joints uniform in width. Make joints watertight, without voids, cracks, excess mortar, or excess grout. D. Cracks: 1. Cracks in joints shall not exceed 1/32 inch. Contractor shall correct one time if cracks 1/32 inch or larger occur 8. 2. Replace cracked or loose tiles 8. E. Lippage: Tile should be reasonably flat, allowing for individual characteristics of tile. Maximum lippage should be 1/16 inch or manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s recommendation. F. Grout: Allow tile to set for 48 hours prior to grouting. G. Wet areas: 1. Tiling in wet areas shall be laid over 1/2 inch waterproof cement backer board for walls and over 1/4 inch waterproof cement backer and 3/4 inch subfloor for floors 3. 2. Moisture and mold resistant drywall is not permitted in these areas 9.

PART C: VINYL FLOORING I. General Condition: This section covers both Vinyl Composition Tile and Vinyl Plank Flooring.

II. Performance Standards: A. Indoor airPLUS: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of Indoor airPLUS by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As of this writing, the current version is Indoor airPLUS Construction Specifications, Version 1 (Rev. 01), available online at <http://www.epa.gov/iaplus01/ construction_specifications.html>. This includes the following requirement 6.2, Interior Paints and Finishes: 1. For interior paints and finishes comprising 90% or more of the interior surface area covered by such products, use only products certified as low-VOC or no-VOC by one of the following: a. Green Seal Standard GS-11 (Third Edition) b. Greenguard Certification for Paints and Coatings c. Scientific Certification Systems (SCS) Standard EC-10.2-2007, Indoor Advantage Gold d. Master Painters Institute (MPI) Green Performance Standards X-Green, GPS-1 or GPS-2 e. A third-party low-emitting product list based on CA Section 01350 (CDPH Standard Method V1,1-2010)

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 14: INTERIOR FINISHES Page 101

B. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rules #1113 & #1168: Limits for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) must be met for all work. These rules can be found free online at <http:// www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1113.pdf> and <http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1168.pdf> respectively.

III. Warranty: Submit manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s standard warranty for flooring. Contractor must ensure all flooring is installed in a fashion that does not void the warranty in any way.

IV. Products: A. Manufacturer: Armstrong or approved equal. B. Size, Pattern and Color: As indicated in Construction Documents. C. Extra Material: Provide 10 percent extra material, leave in original packaging in a secure location for homeowner 9.

V. Preparations Before Installation: A. Verify floor subsurface is flat to tolerances acceptable to flooring manufacturer. B. All nail pops in subsurface must be fixed prior to flooring installation. Nail pops which occur after installation but before Final Completion must also be fixed by Contractor 10.

VI. Installation - Vinyl Composition Tile: A. Layout: 1. Tile shall be laid in a grid pattern in alignment with floor, base and walls unless other pattern is shown in Construction Documents 3. 2. Allow minimum 1/2 full size tile width at room perimeter, unless otherwise indicated 9. B. Adhesive: 1. Spread only enough adhesive to permit installation of materials before initial set. 2. Following laying of tile, remove excess adhesive from floor, base and wall surfaces. C. Variation: Mix tile from diďŹ&#x20AC;erent containers to ensure shade variations are consistent across surface 9. D. Joints: Fit joints tightly. Gaps shall not exceed 1/32 inch 7. E. Bubbling: Tile shall be laid so it does not bubble. Any bubbling over 1/16 inch shall be considered excessive and be repaired or replaced by Contractor 7. F. Transitions: Transitions between materials shall occur at the centerline of doorways 3. G. Edge Strips: Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, where flooring terminates, and where indicated 9.

VII.Installation - Vinyl Plank Flooring: A. Layout: 1. Lay out planks perpendicular to wall opposite main entry to space, unless otherwise indicated.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 14: INTERIOR FINISHES Page 102

2. Prior to installation, calculate the area of floor to determine the following: a. When possible, no plank should be less than 1/2 full dimension in width. Measure width of room and divide by width of plank to determine if this will occur. If so, cut first row of planks to allow last plank to be a minimum of 1/2 full dimension in width 4. b. Measure length of space to ensure end planks will be a minimum of 12 inches in length. c. Ensure first row is laid perfectly perpendicular, in order to ensure subsequent planks are perpendicular. B. Seams: Vary seams between adjacent rows by a minimum of 6 inches. C. Joints: Fit joints tightly. Gaps shall not exceed 1/32 inch 7. For most plank floorings, panels should snap together. 1. Expansion Joint: Provide expansion joint at wall of 1/8 inch 4. After installation of flooring is complete, fill joint with thin line of caulk. D. Bubbling: Flooring shall be laid so it does not bubble. Any bubbling over 1/16 inch shall be considered excessive and be repaired or replaced by Contractor 7. E. Transitions: Transitions between materials shall occur at the centerline of doorways 3. F. Edge Strips: Install edge strips at unprotected or exposed edges, where flooring terminates, and where indicated 9.

VIII.Protection: A. Prohibit traďŹ&#x192;c on resilient flooring for 48 hours after installation. B. Contractor shall protect flooring from wear during construction. Any flooring damaged during construction must be replaced by the Contractor 10.

PART D: STAINED CONCRETE I. Performance Standards: A. Indoor airPLUS: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of Indoor airPLUS by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As of this writing, the current version is Indoor airPLUS Construction Specifications, Version 1 (Rev. 01), available online at <http://www.epa.gov/iaplus01/ construction_specifications.html>. This includes the following requirement 6.2, Interior Paints and Finishes: 1. For interior paints and finishes comprising 90% or more of the interior surface area covered by such products, use only products certified as low-VOC or no-VOC by one of the following: a. Green Seal Standard GS-11 (Third Edition) b. Greenguard Certification for Paints and Coatings c. Scientific Certification Systems (SCS) Standard EC-10.2-2007, Indoor Advantage Gold d. Master Painters Institute (MPI) Green Performance Standards X-Green, GPS-1 or GPS-2 e. A third-party low-emitting product list based on CA Section 01350 (CDPH Standard Method V1,1-2010)

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 14: INTERIOR FINISHES Page 103

II. General Condition: All concrete work must meet the standards laid out in Section 04: Foundation. These requirements shall be in addition to, and not supersede the requirements of that section.

III. Stain: Interior concrete floors shall be stained unless otherwise indicated. A. Products: Use low-VOC acrylic stains 2. B. Manufacturers: L & M Construction Chemicals, Inc; W.R. Meadows, Inc. or approved equal. C. Color and Pattern: As indicated in Construction Documents 2.

IV. Installation: A. Do not install stain before internal temperature control systems are operational. B. Before stain is applied, protect surrounding areas from drips or overspray 2. C. Thoroughly clean concrete before staining, removing all contaminants 2. D. Apply stain following manufacturer’s instructions.

REFERENCES 1. buildingcommunityWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. ConcreteNetwork.com, Staining Concrete Floors, 2013 3. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 4. The Family Handyman, How to Install Luxury Vinyl Flooring, 2013 5. Halstead International, Allure Traﬃc Master Floating Resilent Plank Flooring Owners Manual, Not Dated 6. Kentucky Housing Corporation, Sample Specifications for New Single Family Detached Homes, 2007 7. National Association of Home Builders, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines, 2005 8. Nevada State Contractors Board, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines Manual, 2009 9. Philadelphia Oﬃce of Housing and Community Development, Small Building Specifications, For Construction and Rehabilitation of Single-Family Houses and Small Multi-Family Properties (2-4 Units, 3 Stories or Less), 2011 10. South Carolina Department of Labor Licensing and Regulation, South Carolina Residential Construction Standards, 1998. RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 15: FINISH CARPENTRY Page 105

SECTION 15: FINISH CARPENTRY

[15]

PART A: TRIM AND MOLDING I. Performance Standards: A. Indoor airPLUS: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of Indoor airPLUS by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As of this writing, the current version is Indoor airPLUS Construction Specifications, Version 1 (Rev. 01), available free online at <http://www.epa.gov/ iaplus01/construction_specifications.html>. B. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rules #1113 & #1168: Limits for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) must be met for all work. These rules can be found free online at <http:// www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1113.pdf> and <http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1168.pdf> respectively.

II. Reference Standards: A. Architectural Woodwork Standards, by the Architectural Woodwork Institute, Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada, and the Woodwork Institute, available free online at <http://www.woodworkinstitute.com/publications/aws_ed01.asp >.

III. General Conditions: A. All rooms with floor coverings shall have base trim 3. B. Molding and trim shall be wood unless otherwise shown in Construction Documents.

IV. Wood Product Guidelines: A. Local Sourcing: Preference is given to wood harvested within 500 miles of project site. B. Size and Profile: As indicated in Construction Documents. C. Old Growth Lumber: Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted. D. Moisture Content: All interior finish woods shall be kiln dried to maximum moisture content of 12%.

V. Fasteners: Of size and type to suit application; electrogalvanized finish in concealed locations and stainless steel finish in exposed locations.

VI. Installation: A. General Conditions: Install to be flush, square and true. 1. Maximum variation from true position: 1/16 inch. 2. Maximum oďŹ&#x20AC;set from true alignment with abutting materials: 1/32 inch. 3. Splits greater than 1/8 inch shall be considered excessive 5.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 15: FINISH CARPENTRY Page 106

B. Joints: 1. Stagger joints in adjacent and related standing and running trim 8. 2. Install with minimum number of joints practical, using full-length pieces from maximum lengths when possible 8. 3. Miter at all outside and inside corners, cope at returns and interior angles to produce tight-fitting joints with full-surface contact throughout length of joint 8. 4. Use wood glue within all joint and remove any excess glue. 5. Use scarf joints for end-to-end joints 8. 6. Joints between moldings and adjacent surfaces shall not exceed 1/8 inch 5. C. Nails: All nail holes shall be filled with putty 5. D. Hammer Marks: Hammer marks shall not be visible from a distance of 4 feet. E. Paint: Paint all trim in accordance to guidelines of Section 14: Interior Finishes.

PART B: CABINETRY AND SHELVING I. Performance Standards: A. Indoor airPLUS: Construction must meet or exceed standards for the most recent version of Indoor airPLUS by the U.S. Environmental Protection Agency. As of this writing, the current version is Indoor airPLUS Construction Specifications, Version 1 (Rev. 01), available free online at <http://www.epa.gov/ iaplus01/construction_specifications.html>. B. South Coast Air Quality Management District (SCAQMD) Rules #1113 & #1168: Limits for volatile organic compounds (VOCs) must be met for all work. These rules can be found free online at <http:// www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1113.pdf> and <http://www.aqmd.gov/rules/reg/reg11/r1168.pdf> respectively.

II. Reference Standards: A. Architectural Woodwork Standards, by the Architectural Woodwork Institute, Architectural Woodwork Manufacturers Association of Canada, and the Woodwork Institute, available online <http:// www.woodworkinstitute.com/publications/aws_ed01.asp >.

III. General Conditions: A. All cabinetry and shelving for single family residences shall be built on site. B. Cabinets shall be of solid wood unless otherwise specified. C. All exposed edges shall be finished.

IV. Wood Product Guidelines: A. Species: Oak, Birch, Maple or Ash unless otherwise indicated. B. Local Sourcing: Preference is given to wood harvested within 500 miles of project site. C. Old Growth Lumber: Lumber fabricated from old growth timber is not permitted.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 15: FINISH CARPENTRY Page 107

D. Moisture Content: All interior finish woods shall be kiln dried to maximum moisture content of 12%. E. Sizing: As indicated in Construction Documents.

V. Other Products: A. Hardware: As indicated in Construction Documents. B. Fasteners: Of size and type to suit application; electrogalvanized finish in concealed locations and stainless steel finish in exposed locations. C. Glue: 1. Provide aliphatic-resin, polyurethane, or resorcinol wood glue recommended by manufacturer for general carpentry use 9. 2. Glue shall be applied cleanly and hidden from view.

VI. Countertops: Countertops shall be plastic laminate, granite or solid surface as indicated in Construction Documents: A. Plastic Laminate Countertops: two layers birch plywood substrate covered with HPDL, conventionally fabricated and not edge banded. 1. Acceptable Laminate Manufacturers: a.Formica Corporation b.Panolam Industries International, Inc\Nevamar c.Wilsonart International, Inc d.Or Approved Equal. 2. Installation: a. Apply plastic laminate finish in full uninterrupted sheets consistent with manufactured sizes. b. Fit corners and joints hairline; secure with concealed fasteners. c. Locate counter butt joints minimum 2 feet from sink cut-outs. B. Granite Countertops: Type of granite, finish and dimensions as indicated in Construction Documents. 1. Fabrication: Fabrication to occur oďŹ&#x20AC;-site by trained professional. 2. Shims: Shims may be used to achieve level and true countertop 5. 3. Adhesive: Use non-staining adhesive expressly designed for purpose of attaching granite countertops. a. Apply adhesive within 3 inches of all edges and at 6 inches maximum center-to-center spacing 5. 4. Joints: Joints should be 1/16 inch with a tolerance of 1/32 inch 5. 5. Slab Thickness: Slab thickness shall not vary more than 1/8 inch 5. C. Solid Surface Countertops: Finish and dimensions as indicated in Construction Documents. 1. Fabrication: Fabrication of solid surface countertops shall be by a trained professional. Provide cutouts for fittings and accessories 4.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 15: FINISH CARPENTRY Page 108

2. Installation: Install per manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions. a. Cut and finish component edges with clean sharp returns 4. b. Exposed joints are not permissible 4. D. Countertops shall be made of as few pieces as possible. E. Counters shall not have sharp exposed corners. Corners protruding in excess of 1 1/2 inch shall be rounded or chamfered. F. Countertops shall not have cracks or chips greater than 1/16 inch. G. Countertops shall be attached snugly to the wall and not separate by a distance greater than 1/8 inch in width. Caulk gap if it is wider than 1/8 inch 10.

VII.Backsplashes: Kitchen and bathroom counters shall have back and side splashes, a minimum of 3 1/2 inches in height 3.

VIII.Shelving: A. All shelving shall be adjustable. B. Shelving shall be constructed of one of the following 9: 1. Wood boards, to match other woodwork 2. Wire rack shelving, coated. Provide appropriate fastening devices manufactured by manufacturer of shelving. B. Shelving longer than 5 feet shall be supported mid-span 9.

IX. Bedroom Closets: A. Install clothes hanging rod and shelf in each closet B. Shelves to be a maximum of 72 inches above finish floor C. Install brackets to support shelf and rod spaced a maximum of 48 inches on center D. Brackets to be anchored to wall studs

X. Washer and Dryer Shelving: A. Install 2 adjustable wire shelves above washer and dryer. B. Ensure clearance beneath for washer lid.

XI. Installation: A. General: Set and secure custom cabinets in place, assuring that they are rigid, plumb, and level. 1. Maximum variation from true position is 1/16 inch. B. Fixtures: Use fixture attachments in concealed locations for wall mounted components. C. Joints: Use concealed joint fasteners to align and secure adjoining cabinet units.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 15: FINISH CARPENTRY Page 109

D. Edges: Carefully scribe casework abutting other components, with maximum gaps of 1/32 inch. Do not use additional overlay trim for this purpose. E. Anchoring: Secure cabinets and counter bases to floor using appropriate angles and anchors. 1. Countersink anchoring devices at exposed locations. 2. Conceal with solid wood plugs of species to match surrounding wood; finish flush with surrounding surfaces. F. Ceilings: Cabinets adjacent to the ceiling shall not have a gap greater than 1/4 inch 6. G. Doors: All cabinet drawers shall open easily without excessive force. Drawers that are warped more than 1/8 inch in 30 inches will be considered unacceptable 8. 1. Cabinet doors shall be on the same plane with an acceptable variation of 1/8 inch 8. H. Hardware: Closing hardware shall be suďŹ&#x192;cient to keep cabinet drawers in closed position 6.

REFERENCES 1. buildingcommunityWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. Existing CDCB Standards for Renovation Projects 3. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 4. Dupont, Section 06651 - Surface Fabrications, 2011 5. Marble Institute of America, Residential Stone Countertop Installation, 2011 6. National Association of Home Builders, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines, 2005 7. National Building Granite Quarries Association, Standard Specifications for Architectural Granite, 2007 8. Nevada State Contractors Board, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines Manual, 2009 9. Philadelphia OďŹ&#x192;ce of Housing and Community Development, Small Building Specifications, For Construction and Rehabilitation of Single-Family Houses and Small Multi-Family Properties (2-4 Units, 3 Stories or Less), 2011 10. South Carolina Department of Labor Licensing and Regulation, South Carolina Residential Construction Standards, 1998. RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 16: APPLIANCES Page 111

SECTION 16: APPLIANCES

[16]

PART A: APPLIANCES I. Performance Standards: A. ENERGY STAR 3.0 Rev. 07: All appliances shall be ENERGY STAR qualified. B. Green Built Rio Grande Valley: The most recent version of the Green Built Rio Grande Valley guidelines shall be met on all projects. The checklist for the current version as of this writing is attached as Appendix C. This includes the following relevant requirements: 1. M22. Use gas or propane appliances or fixtures. a. This requirement shall be met when feasible, but is not required on all projects. 2. W4. Energy Star Dishwasher. 3. IA8. Range hood vented to exterior with back draft damper.

II. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Leave all operation and maintenance instructions within the dwelling unit on kitchen counter for use by homeowner following Final Completion.

III. Warranty: Submit manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s warranty for all appliances. Contractor must ensure all appliances are installed in a fashion that does not void the warranty in any way.

IV. General Conditions: A. Provide appliances as indicated in Construction Documents. Below standards are to be superseded by those in the Construction Documents. B. Plumbing connections to appliances shall be supplied as covered in Section 08: Plumbing. C. Electrical connections to appliances shall be supplied as covered in Section 09: Electrical.

V. Acceptable Manufacturers: A. Frigidaire Home Products B. GE Appliances C. Maytag Appliances D. Whirlpool Corp E. Equal approved by CDCB.

VI. Range: Gas or Electric. Shall be part of oven appliance unless otherwise indicated by construction drawings. A. Size: 30 inches. B. Oven: Self-cleaning with electronic ignition. C. Elements: 4.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 16: APPLIANCES Page 112

D. Controls: Solid state electronic. E. Finish: As indicated in Construction Documents.

VII.Oven: Gas or electric, single oven. A. Size: 30 inches. B. Oven: Self-cleaning with electronic ignition. C. Controls: Solid state electronic. D. Features: Include oven timer, kitchen timer, storage drawer, oven door window, broiler pan and grid, and oven light. E. Finish: As indicated in Construction Documents.

VIII.Cooking Exhaust: Range Hood. A. Size: 30 inches. B. Fan: Single- speed. Must be documented to pull 200 CFMâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s or tested to pull a minimum of 100 CFMâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s. C. Ducts: Smooth. D. Exhaust: Rectangular, vented to exterior. E. Features: Include cooktop light and removable grease filter. F. Finish: As indicated in Construction Documents.

IX. Microwave: A. Size: Minimum cooking area of 1 cubic foot 2. B. Capacity: Minimum 900 watts 3. C. Safety: UL Listed. D. Finish: As indicated in Construction Documents.

X. Refrigerator: A. Size: As indicated in Construction Documents. B. Shelves: Minimum 3 in refrigerator, 1 in freezer 3. C. Crispers: 2 vegetable/fruit crisper compartments 3. D. Freezer: Top, bottom or side-by-side as approved by CDCB E. Finish: As indicated in Construction Documents.

XI. Dishwasher: Undercounter. A. Controls: Solid state electronic. B. Wash Levels: 3. C. Cycles: 4, including normal.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 16: APPLIANCES Page 113

D. Features: Include rinse aid dispenser, optional no-heat dry, optional water temperature boost, adjustable upper rack, and adjustable lower rack. E. Finish: As indicated in Construction Documents.

XII.Clothes Washer: Top- or front-loading, stationary. A. Size: Large capacity. B. Controls: Solid state electronic. C. Cycles: Include normal. D. Motor Speed: Single-speed. E. Features: Include optional second rinse, bleach dispenser, fabric softener dispenser, self-cleaning lint filter, sound insulation, and end of cycle signal. F. Finish: As indicated in Construction Documents.

XIII.Clothes Dryer: Electric, stationary. A. Size: Large capacity. B. Controls: Solid state electronic, with electronic moisture-sensing dry control. C. Cycles: Include normal, permanent press, knit/delicate, and air only. D. Features: Include interior light, reversible door, stationary rack, sound insulation, and end of cycle signal. E. Finish: As indicated in Construction Documents.

XIV.Installation: A. Verify all connection hook-ups are properly installed prior to installation of appliances. Do not continue if improper installation is discovered 3. B. Install all appliances per manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions. C. Adjust all appliances to be level and plumb 3. D. Following installation, test equipment to insure that it is operational. E. Protect appliances from construction-related damages 2.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 16: APPLIANCES Page 114

REFERENCES 1. buildingcommunityWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 3. Philadelphia OďŹ&#x192;ce of Housing and Community Development, Small Building Specifications, For Construction and Rehabilitation of Single-Family Houses and Small Multi-Family Properties (2-4 Units, 3 Stories or Less), 2011 RELEVANT APPENDIXES C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 17: LANDSCAPE

SECTION 17: LANDSCAPE Page 115

[17]

PART A: PAVING I. Reference Standards: A. Lower Rio Grande Valley LID: Lower Rio Grande Valley LID Guidance Manual provides list of recommendations and best practices for environmentally sensitive and economical landscaping. It is available for free online at <http://www.tceq.texas.gov/assets/public/compliance/monops/nps/projects/ 90473LRGVLIDGuidance.pdf>.

II.General Conditions: A. Paving Strategies: Amount of impervious paving shall be minimized. Recommended strategies to accomplish this include: 1. Driveway of minimum necessary width 3. 2. Double-tracks rather than a continuous driveway 3. 3. Driveway of porous paving 3. 4. Use of separate concrete pads rather than continuous paving. B. Porous Pavement: Porous pavement shall be used, unless otherwise approved, in order to minimize runoďŹ&#x20AC;. Acceptable porous pavement systems include: 1. Porous asphalt pavement of an open-graded coarse aggregate, bonded together with asphalt cement, with suďŹ&#x192;cient interconnected voids 3. 2. Pervious concrete consisting of specially formulated mixtures of Portland cement, uniform opengraded coarse aggregate, and water 3. 3. Pavers with large gaps, either in design or in placement, to allow water to infiltrate through open space 3. C. Underlayer: Place porous pavement systems over a highly permeable layer of open-graded gravel and crushed stone 3. 1. Bedding shall be as recommended by paving manufacture and be clean, non-plastic and free from deleterious or foreign matter 7.

III. Driveways: A. Provide parking for at least one vehicle. B. Driveway shall be no wider than 10 feet unless otherwise indicated. C. Recommended gradient is between 1% and 5% 4.

IV. Walkways: A. Contractor shall install a walkway from driveway or public right-of-way to main entrance of dwelling 5. B. Recommended gradients of walks shall be between .5% and 5% 4.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 17: LANDSCAPE Page 116

C. Walkways shall have maximum cross-slope of 2%. D. Walkways shall comply with Fair Housing Accessibility standards, as outlines in the Fair Housing Design Manual, available free online at <http://www.huduser.org/publications/destech/fairhousing.html>.

V. Installation: A. Place bedding and compact according to manufacturer’s instructions and intended loads. B. Verify that geotextiles, if applicable, have been placed in accordance to Construction Documents 6. C. Install pervious paving system(s) in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations and as indicated. D. Paving shall not vary from intended slope more than 3/8 inch over a 10 foot run. E. Install surface elevation of the paving system minimum 1/4 inch above adjacent drainage inlets, concrete collars or channels 7.

PART B: FENCING I. General Conditions: A. Fencing shall only be included when indicated on Construction Documents. 1. Fencing shall be installed in length and location as indicated. B. Fencing shall be of either plastic or wood construction, as indicated in Construction Documents. C. All fence and gate materials, including accessories, fittings and fastenings, shall be from a single manufacturer 9. D. Fencing shall not impede stormwater management.

II. Plastic Fences and Gates: A. General: Provide plastic (vinyl) panels in one-piece heights 9. B. Fence Posts: Nominal 4 x 4 9. C. Swing Gates: Minimum width of 36 inches. Style and color to match fence 9.

III. Wood Fences and Gates: A. Wood: 1. All wood used in fences shall be pressure treated or naturally resistant to moisture and insects. 2. All wood shall be of the same species. B. Fence Posts: Nominal 4 x 4. C. Swing Gates: Minimum width of 36 inches. Style and color to match the fence 9. D. Corner: Provide galvanized steel “L” brackets, with minimum 4 inches legs at all corners.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 17: LANDSCAPE Page 117

IV. Installation: A. Order of Work: Do not begin installation before final grading is complete 9. B. Layout: As shown in Construction Documents. 1. Field verify the layout of fencing prior to the start of work 9. C. Spacing: Layout fence posts at equal spacing, not to exceed 67 inches 9. D. Post Footings: Terminal, corner, and gate posts shall be set in 12 inches diameter, 36 inches deep concrete footings. Line posts shall be set in 9 inches diameter, 36 inches deep concrete footings 9. 1. Keep surface of footings 2 inches below grade unless otherwise indicated 9. 2. Center and align posts in holes 3 inches above bottom of excavation 9. 3. Protect posts from concrete splatter. E. Gates: Install gates plumb, level and secure. Gates shall open without interference 9.

PART C: IRRIGATION I. General Condition: Irrigation system is only to be provided when included within Construction Documents. Single family dwellings shall not have irrigation systems. When required for multi-family and multi-unit projects refer to Multi-Family Residential Standards.

PART D: PLANTING I. General Condition: Planting shall only be included when in Construction Documents. When planting schedules are given within Construction Documents, provide plants as indicated.

III. Reference Standards: A. Lower Rio Grande Valley LID: Lower Rio Grande Valley LID Guidance Manual provides list of recommendations and best practices for environmentally sensitive and economical landscaping. It is available for free online at <http://www.tceq.texas.gov/assets/public/compliance/monops/nps/projects/ 90473LRGVLIDGuidance.pdf>.

IV. Recommended Plant Species: The recommended plant species list below is not considered comprehensive, but is to serve as general guidelines. Please see, Lower Rio Grande Valley LID Guidance Manual, Appendix B: Plants,, for

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 17: LANDSCAPE Page 118

additional plants to be considered. Other plant species are acceptable provided they are approved by CDCB prior to purchase and meet the following criteria: A. Native or non-invasive to the Lower Rio Grande Valley. B. Readily available in the Lower Rio Grande Valley. C. Drought tolerant. D. Easy to maintain.

V. Recommended Seed Mixes and Grasses: For use to cover large, open areas. Plants included in seed mixes shall not grow to a height of 18 inches under normal conditions in order to comply with local ordinances. A. Bouteloua dactyloides (BuďŹ&#x20AC;alograss)

VI. Recommended Shade Plants: For use in areas receiving 0-2 hours of sun per day. A. Salvia coccinea (Scarlet sage, tropical sage, blood sage). B. Sorghastrum nutans (Indiangrass, Yellow indian grass)

VII.Recommended Partial Shade Plants: For areas with 2-6 hours of sun per day. A. Callrhoe involucrata (Winecup, Purple poppy mallow) B. Conoclinium Greggii (Gregg Mistflower) C. Leucophyllum frutescens (Cenizo, Purple sage, Texas ranger, Texas barometer bush, Texas silverleaf, Texas sage). D. Malpighia Glabra (Acerola, Barbados Cherry, Manzanita, Wild crapemyrtle) E. Nolina texana (Texas sacahuista, Texas beargrass, Basket grass, Sacahuista, Bunchgrass) F. Opuntia ellsiana (Spineless prickly pear, Tigertongue, South Texas pricklypear) G. Pavonia lasiopetala (Rock rose, Rose pavonia, Rose mallow, Pavonia) H. Wedella texana (Zexmenia, Orange zexmenia, Wedellia, Hairy Wedellia, Texas creeping-oxeye)

VIII.Recommended Full Sun Plants: For areas with 6 or more hours of sun per day. A. Dyschoriste linearis (Snake herb, B. Hesperaloe parviflora (Red yucca, coral yucca, Red flowered false yucca, Samandoque, Yellow yucca) C. Lantana montevidensis (Trailing lantana, weeping lantana, purple lantana) D. Ratibida columnifera (Mexican hat, Prairie coneflower, Upright prairie coneflower, Red-spike mexican-hat, Long-headed coneflower, Thimbleflower) E. Salvia greggli (Autumn sage, Cherry sage, Gregg salvia) F. Salvia farinacea (Mealy blue sage, mealy sage, mealycup sage).

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 17: LANDSCAPE Page 119

IX. Recommended Trees: A. Ornamental Trees: Trees that are less than 25 feet tall. 1. Chilopsis linearis (Desert willow) 2. Eysenhardtia texana (Kidneywood) 3. Parkinsonia aculeata (Mexican olive) 4. Sophora Secundiflora (Mountain Laurel) B. Shade Trees: Trees that are more than 25 feet tall. 1. Ehretia anacus (Anacua, Sandpaper tree) 2. Prosopis glandulosa (Honey Mesquite) 3. Taxodium Mucronatum (Montezuma cypress) 4. Ulmus crassifolia (Cedar elm)

X. Installation: A. Grading: Planting shall not occur until after the completion of final grading. B. Debris: Planted areas shall be free of construction debris 8. C. Digging: Plants shall be placed in holes of appropriate size and depth for their species and size. D. Staking: Trees shall be staked in order to prevent them from leaning or falling over. E. Mulch: Mulch shall be applied and replaced as necessary to maintain health of plants. 1. Mulch shall be created by Contractor from cleared vegetation whenever possible. F. Maintenance: 1. Plants shall be watered by Contractor as necessary. 2. The Contractor shall be responsible for maintaining health of plants until Final Completion. Contractor shall replace plants which die because of construction-related activities and lack of maintenance by Contractor.

Single Family Residential Standards

SECTION 17: LANDSCAPE Page 120

REFERENCES 1. bcWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. bcWORKSHOP, sustainABLEhouse Colonias Program, Landscape Options 3. Center For Research in Water Resources and Lady Bird Johnson Wildflower Center University of Texas at Austin, Lower Rio Grande Valley LID Guidance Manual, 2011 4. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 5. Kentucky Housing Corporation, Sample Specifications for New Single Family Detached Homes, 2007 6. National Institute of Building Sciences, Whole Building Design Guide, Federal Green Construction Guide for Specifiers, 32 12 43: Porous Paving, 2010 7. National Institute of Building Sciences, Whole Building Design Guide, Federal Green Construction Guide for Specifiers, 32 84 00: Planting Irrigation, 2010 8. Nevada State Contractors Board, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines Manual, 2009 9. Philadelphia OďŹ&#x192;ce of Housing and Community Development, Small Building Specifications, For Construction and Rehabilitation of Single-Family Houses and Small Multi-Family Properties (2-4 Units, 3 Stories or Less), 2011 10. Virginia Department of Housing and Community Development, AHP Program Minimum Design, Construction, and Housing Rehabilitation Standards, Undated RELEVANT APPENDIXES C. Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist, Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated.

MULTI-FAMILY RESIDENTIAL STANDARDS

TABLE OF CONTENTS SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS A. Contracting Requirements B. State, National and Regional Standards C. Jobsite Conditions

125

SECTION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS A. Investigation B. Demolition

127

SECTION 03: EARTHWORK A. Landscape and Tree Protection

129

SECTION 04: FOUNDATION A. Foundation

131

SECTION 05: FRAMING A. Sheathing

133

SECTION 06: WINDOWS AND DOORS A. Exterior Doors B. Interior Doors

135

SECTION 07: HVAC A. Ventilation & Ductwork B. Mechanical Systems

137

SECTION 08: PLUMBING A. Plumbing B. Plumbing Fixtures

139

SECTION 09: ELECTRICAL A. Electrical

141

SECTION 12: ROOFING A. Roofing

143

SECTION 13: EXTERIOR FINISHES A. Signage

145

SECTION 17: LANDSCAPE A. Paving B. Irrigation C. Planting

147

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 125

[01]

PART A: CONTRACTING REQUIREMENTS I. This Document: The Contractor shall be responsible for full adherence to all requirements laid out within the MultiFamily Residential Standards at all stages of construction. Contractor must review and understand this document prior to the Pre-Construction Meeting and continuously review it throughout construction.

PART B: STATE, NATIONAL AND REGIONAL STANDARDS I. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: Contractor must obtain all necessary permits from the Texas Commission on Environmental Quality, including the General Permit to Discharge Under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System, when applicable. The necessary requirements can be found free online at <http:// www.tceq.texas.gov/assets/public/permitting/stormwater/TXR150000_CGP.pdf> .

II. Fair Housing: Each development shall comply with all Fair Housing Laws including: A. Fair Housing Act of 1968, as amended. B. Section 504 of the Rehabilitation Act. C. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA). D. Architectural Barriers Act (ABA). E. Housing of Older Persons Act (HOPA).

III. General Fair Housing Guidelines: For full information on acceptable Fair Housing standards, refer to the Fair Housing Design Manual, available free online at <http://www.huduser.org/publications/destech/fairhousing.html>. General requirements include: A. Providing accessible units totaling no less than 5% of all new units, CDCB may request a higher percent of units be accessible. B. All units must be adaptable. C. Except where facilities are provided within Barrier-free units, common spaces such as laundry, storage, community rooms, etc. shall be Barrier-free and furnished with barrier-free equipment 2.

PART C: JOBSITE CONDITIONS I. Recycling: Contractor shall provide a separate, clearly marked container for recycling. A minimum of once for each unit within the project, Contractor shall transport recyclable materials to an approved facility and provide CDCB with a copy of receipt.

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 01: GENERAL REQUIREMENTS Page 126

II. Dust Control: Debris shall be collected through dust control methods, This includes, but is not limited to 4: A. Wetting the area with handheld hoses. B. Promptly removing materials from dust-causing activities such as demolition.

III.Construction Fencing: A. Unless otherwise indicated by CDCB, provide 6 foot high temporary security fence around construction site to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas. 1. Equip with vehicular and pedestrian gates with locks. B. Fence around areas that could be hazardous to workers or the public. C. Install fencing to protect existing facilities and adjacent properties from damage from construction operations and demolition. D. Provide barricades and covered walkways as required by local governing authorities for public rights-of-way and for public access to existing buildings where applicable. E. Protect non-owned vehicular traďŹ&#x192;c, stored materials, site, and structures from damage.

REFERENCES 1. CDCB, Construction Agreement, June 27, 2013 2. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 3. Los Angeles County Department of Public Works, Construction and Demolition Debris Recycling and Reuse Program, 2011 4. New York City Department of Environmental Protection, Dust Mitigation Plan Form, 2009 RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS Page 127

SECTION 02: EXISTING CONDITIONS

[02]

PART A: INVESTIGATION I. Site Assessment: CDCB shall conduct a comprehensive site assessment prior to the Invitation for Bids. This information shall be made available to bidders. When it deems fit, CDCB may delegate this responsibility to a licensed professional. This assessment shall include: A. Site Investigation: as outlined in Single Family Residential Standards, Section 02: Existing Conditions. B. Soil Boring Report:. 1. Soil boring report shall be completed by an engineer licensed in the State of Texas. 2. Entire site is to be inspected to note variations in types of soil and groundwater conditions 2. 3. Boring shall occur after buildings and flat work have been located on site plan. Number of borings shall be determined based on recommendation of the Engineer. Engineer shall also provide recommendations for types of foundations as well as for pavement design 2. B. Site Survey: A boundary and topographic site survey shall be conducted by a licensed Environmental Consultant or other qualified professional. C. Tree Survey: Tree site survey shall be conducted by a licensed arborist, landscape architect or other qualified professional. Survey should be used to determine: 1. Number, size and species of existing trees 2. Health of existing trees 3. Recommendation of which trees should be protected

PART B: DEMOLITION I. Fire Walls: Party walls shall be maintained without cracks and plaster deterioration and covered with 5/8 inch type x gypsum, glued and screwed to the structure. II. Preservation of Adjacent Structures: Adjacent structures shall be protected from damage throughout construction. Contractor shall not impede access to adjacent structures that are inhabited during construction. A. Water RunoďŹ&#x20AC;: Contractor shall protect adjacent structures from water runoďŹ&#x20AC;, stormwater and others. Prevention measures must be outlined in the General Permit to Discharge Under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System when applicable.

REFERENCES 1. CDCB, Existing CDCB Standards for 864 square foot colonia home 2. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 03: EARTHWORK

SECTION 03: EARTHWORK Page 129

[03]

PART A: STORMWATER MANAGEMENT I. Texas Commission on Environmental Quality: When applicable, Contractor must meet all relevant stormwater management requirements of the General Permit to Discharge Under the Texas Pollutant Discharge Elimination System, when applicable. The necessary requirements can be found free online at <http://www.tceq.texas.gov/assets/public/ permitting/stormwater/TXR150000_CGP.pdf> .

II. Wastewater Collection: All residences by CDCB shall be connected to the municipal or county sewer systems as applicable. A. Wastewater collection system shall meet all relevant codes and be constructed as shown in Construction Documents.

PART B: LANDSCAPE AND TREE PROTECTION I. Landscape Protection Plan: This must be submitted to CDCB prior to the pre-construction meeting and approved by CDCB before any site work commences. It shall be conducted by an arborist, landscape architect or another professional approved by CDCB. This plan shall show existing major landscape elements and designate which are to be saved and which are to be removed. Features encouraged to be saved include: A. Mature trees of diameter 6 inches or more. Protect groups of trees if possible. Show root zones of trees that will need to be protected. B. Existing native plants. C. Plants along major stormwater runoďŹ&#x20AC; routes. D. Plants on steep slopes, as they help prevent erosion.

REFERENCES 1. buildingcommunityWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 04: FOUNDATION Page 131

SECTION 04: FOUNDATION

[04]

I. General Requirements: Foundation and footing design, shall meet the plans and specifications as outlined in the Construction Documents distributed for each project.This includes but is not limited to the location, dimensions, strength and reinforcement of the foundations and footings. In the event of conflicting requirements, the Contractor shall verify with Architect before proceeding.

PART A: FOUNDATION I. Strength Testing: Concrete shall be strength tested when required in Construction Documents. A. Minimum of 1 sample from each concrete pour shall be tested. B. Testing shall be by an independent agency certified by the American Concrete Institute and approved by CDCB. C. Testing shall follow requirements outlined in ASTM C31 to verify design strength is achieved.

REFERENCES None RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 05: FRAMING

SECTION 05: FRAMING Page 133

[05]

I. General Requirements: Framing design shall meet the plans and specifications as outlined in the Construction Documents distributed for each project.This includes but is not limited to the location, dimensions, size of members, anchoring, and structural details and drawings. In the event of conflicting requirements, the Contractor shall verify with Architect before proceeding.

PART A: SHEATHING I. Party Walls: Acoustical or sound ratings between living units, as well as living units and public spaces shall be provided to meet relevant codes.

REFERENCES 1. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 2. Department of Housing and Urban Development, Fair Housing Act Design Manual, 1998 RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 06: WINDOWS AND DOORS Page 135

SECTION 06: WINDOWS AND DOORS

[06]

I. General Requirements: Window and door design, shall meet the plans and specifications as outlined in the construction documents distributed for each project.This includes but is not limited to the location, size, accessories and finish. In the event of conflicting requirements, the Contractor shall verify with Architect before proceeding.

II. Shop Drawings: For all doors and windows which are custom-fabricated, submit shop drawings to the Architect prior to fabrication.

PART A: EXTERIOR DOORS I. Accessible Doors: All exterior doors shall be accessible as defined in the Fair Housing Act. For full information on acceptable Fair Housing standards, refer to the Fair Housing Design Manual, available free online at <http:// www.huduser.org/publications/destech/fairhousing.html>. A. Door handles mounted no higher than 48 inches above finish floor. B. 36 inch nominal width. C. 36 inch minimum clear accessible route. D. Minimum 18 inch clear space beside door on pull side. E. Minimum 48 inch deep clear floor space on pull side of door. F. Minimum 42 inch deep clear floor space on push side of door. G. Low threshold. H. Door closer with safe sweep period.

PART B: INTERIOR DOORS I. Usable Doors: All interior doors shall be usable as required in the Fair Housing Act. For full information on acceptable Fair Housing standards, refer to the Fair Housing Design Manual, available free online at <http:// www.huduser.org/publications/destech/fairhousing.html>. A. All interior doors shall have 34 inch nominal width.

REFERENCES 1. Department of Housing and Urban Development, Fair Housing Act Design Manual, 1998 RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 07: HVAC

SECTION 07: HVAC Page 137

[07]

I. General Requirements: HVAC design, shall meet the plans and specifications as outlined in the Construction Documents distributed for each project.This includes but is not limited to the location, dimension, and fixtures. In the event of conflicting requirements, the Contractor shall verify with Architect before proceeding.

II. Shop Drawings: For all elements which are custom-fabricated, submit shop drawings to the Architect prior to fabrication.

PART A: VENTILATION AND DUCTWORK I. System Design: If not supplied by the Architect or Engineer, the Contractor is responsible for design of the HVAC system, to be submitted to the Architect for approval prior to installation. Submission is to include, at a minimum: A. One mechanical plan per occupiable floor, indicating location of all equipment and ducts. B. Designations of all mechanical equipment with their respective design loads. C. Designations of all ductwork and its dimensions. D. Design Calculations: Design calculations, verifying system shall meet the performance standards below: 1. Cooling: Air-conditioning system is required to maintain a temperature of 78 degrees Fahrenheit in all rooms, based on expected normal weather conditions 1. 2. Heating: Heating system is required to maintain a temperature of 70 degrees Fahrenheit in all rooms, based on expected normal weather conditions 1. 3. Positive Pressure: System must be designed to maintain positive pressure within building 2. E. Manual J., showing Energy Star 3.0 compliance.

PART B: MECHANICAL SYSTEMS I. Operation & Maintenance Manuals: As provided by manufacturers. A. In addition, the Contractor shall provide a list and number of filters installed, as well as their location within the residence.

REFERENCES 1. National Association of Home Builders, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines, 2005 2. National Institute of Building Sciences, Federal Green Construction Guide for Specifiers - 23 70 00 HVAC Air Distribution, 2010 RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 08: PLUMBING

SECTION 08: PLUMBING Page 139

[08]

I. General Requirements: Plumbing design, shall meet the plans and specifications as outlined in the construction documents distributed for each project.This includes but is not limited to the location, dimension, and fixtures. In the event of conflicting requirements, the Contractor shall verify with Architect before proceeding.

PART A: PLUMBING I. System Design: If not supplied by the Architect or Engineer, the Contractor is responsible for the design of the plumbing system, to be submitted to the Architect for approval prior to installation. Submission is to include, at a minimum: A. One plumbing plan per occupiable floor. B. Designations of all plumbing fixtures. C. Schematic designations of routes for all plumbing piping.

PART B: PLUMBING FIXTURES I. Urinals: Of manufacturer and model indicated in Construction Documents. A. Shall be WaterSense Labeled 1. B. Maximum flow rate of 0.5 gallons per flush 1.

REFERENCES 1. National Institute of Building Sciences, Whole Building Design Guide, Federal Green Construction Guide for Specifiers, 22 40 00: Plumbing Fixtures, 2010 RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 09: ELECTRICAL

SECTION 09: ELECTRICAL Page 141

[09]

I. General Requirements: Electrical design, shall meet the plans and specifications as outlined in the Construction Documents distributed for each project.This includes but is not limited to the location, dimension, and fixtures. In the event of conflicting requirements, the Contractor shall verify with Architect before proceeding.

PART A: ELECTRICAL I. System Design: If not supplied by the Architect or Engineer, the Contractor is responsible for the design of the electrical system, to be submitted to the Architect for approval prior to installation. Submission is to include, at a minimum: A. One electrical plan per occupiable floor. B. Designation of location and type of all electrical and lighting fixtures. C. Location of all outlets, light switches and thermostats. D. Location of electrical panel.

REFERENCES None RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 12: ROOFING

SECTION 12: ROOFING Page 143

[12]

PART A: ROOFING I. Shop Drawings: For metal roofs, submit shop drawings prior to fabrication. Include layouts of roof panels, details of edge and penetration conditions, spacing and type of connections, flashings, underlayments, and special conditions. A. Indicate work to be field-fabricated or field-assembled.

REFERENCES None RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 13: EXTERIOR FINISHES

SECTION 13: EXTERIOR FINISHES Page 145

[13]

PART A: SIGNAGE I. Fair Housing: Signage shall meet the Fair Housing requirements, as described in Fair Housing Design Manual, available free online at <http://www.huduser.org/publications/destech/fairhousing.html>.

II. Shop Drawings: When signage is fabricated oďŹ&#x20AC;-site submit to Architect for approval shop drawings indicating, sign styles, lettering font, foreground and background colors, location and overall dimensions of each sign 1.

III. Acceptable Sign Types: plastic signs, individual metal letters signs and cast aluminum plaques may all be used for appropriate uses and as indicated on Construction Drawings. Size and finish to be selected by Architect. A. Plastic Signs: Injection molded acrylic plastic 1. 1. Comply with applicable provisions of ANSI/ICC A117.1, including Braille. 2. Signs shall include recycled content whenever possible 2. B. Individual Metal Letter Signs: powder coated metal 1. C. Cast Aluminum Plaque: Clear anodized aluminum, textured and background painted black 1.

IV. Installation: Install in accordance with manufacturerâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;s instructions.

REFERENCES 1. buildingcommunityWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. National Institute of Building Sciences, Whole Building Design Guide, Federal Green Construction Guide for Specifiers, 10 14 00: Signage, 2010 RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 17: LANDSCAPE

SECTION 17: LANDSCAPE Page 147

[17]

PART A: PAVING I. Roadways: All roadways shall be as indicated in Civil portion of Construction Documents. A. Roadways shall meet all fire lane requirements. B. Roadways shall have all necessary markings and signs as required by relevant Code. C. Roadways shall be part of stormwater management system, as described in Section 03, and have proper drainage. D.Roadways shall be made of porous pavement whenever possible.

II. Accessible Routes: Accessible routes shall meet the Fair Housing requirements, as described in Fair Housing Design Manual, available free online at <http://www.huduser.org/publications/destech/fairhousing.html>. A. Surface: Routes must be smooth, continuous surface. When not otherwise specified, accessible ramps may be constructed out of the following materials 2. 1. PVC or other non-skid surface. 2. Concrete with non-skid surface. 3. Treated wood with a preservation rate of 40 percent. B. Width: Route must be 36 inches wide minimum except at doorways. C. Turning Areas: Turning areas must be minimum 60 inches in diameter or a â&#x20AC;&#x153;T-shapedâ&#x20AC;? turning space 60 inches in both length and width with 36 inch legs. D. Ramps: Ramps shall be textured with flared sides and smooth transitions. E. Vertical Change: Maximum vertical level change is 1/4 inch. F. Slope: Maximum slope is 5% unless a handrail is provided, at which point the slope may be up to 8.33%

PART B: IRRIGATION I. General Conditions: Irrigation System is only to be provided when included within Construction Drawings. Use of irrigation systems in multi-dwelling projects is not encouraged. A. Irrigation System shall have a dedicated water meter.

II. Micro-Irrigation: If irrigation system is required, provide a micro-irrigation system. Equip with pressure regulators, filters, and flush end assemblies. Provide one of the following 3: A. Drip irrigation. B. Micro-spray jets. C. Micro-sprinklers.

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 17: LANDSCAPE Page 148

D. Bubbler-style watering system. E. Water Schedule: 1. Provide two irrigation watering schedules consistent with defined overall project Water Budget 3. a. Schedule for the initial establishment phase of the landscape 3. b. Schedule for the established landscape 3. 2. Both schedules shall be seasonal in nature 3. 3. Post both schedules on controller 3.

III. Controllers: Irrigation systems shall be equipped with controllers containing the following features 3: A. Multiple programming capabilities, system shall be capable of storing a minimum of three different programs. B. Multiple start times, system shall be capable of a minimum of three different start times. C. Variable run times. D. Variable scheduling. E. Percent adjust (water budget) feature. F. Capability to accept external soil moisture and/or rain sensors. G. Non-volatile memory or self-charging battery circuit. H. Complete shutoff capability for total cessation of outdoor irrigation.

IV. Quality Control: A. Contractor shall ensure the system is operating completely, with suﬃcient coverage, and without leaks for 30 days following Final Completion. Contractor shall be required to fix any issues within this period at no cost to CDCB or Homeowner 4. B. Contractor shall be responsible for fixing any problems due to improper installation or defective materials 4.

PART C: PLANTING I. Planting Schedule: Prior to purchase of planting, Contractor shall provide a schedule to CDCB of type and number of plants intended for purchase. This schedule shall be consistent with Construction Documents, with any variation clearly noted.

II. Warranty: Contractor shall furnish a warranty for one year from final completion for all planting.

Multi-Family Residential Standards

SECTION 17: LANDSCAPE Page 149

REFERENCES 1. buildingcommunityWORKSHOP, Specifications 2. Connecticut Housing Finance Authority, Standards of Design and Construction, 2012 3. Kentucky Housing Corporation, Sample Specifications for New Single Family Detached Homes, 2007 4. National Institute of Building Sciences, Whole Building Design Guide, Federal Green Construction Guide for Specifiers, 32 84 00: Planting Irrigation, 2010 5. Nevada State Contractors Board, Residential Construction Performance Guidelines Manual, 2009 RELEVANT APPENDIXES None

THIS PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK

APPENDIXES

TABLE OF CONTENTS APPENDIX A Request for Qualifications, Community Development Corporation of Brownsville Community Development Corporation of Brownsville, Undated APPENDIX B ENERGY STAR Qualified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Inspection Checklists for National Program Requirements U.S. Environmental Protection Agency, 2013 APPENDIX C Green Built Rio Grande Valley Green Building Initiative Guideline Checklist Rio Grande Valley Builders Association, Undated APPENDIX D Technology Fact Sheet: Advanced Wall Framing OďŹ&#x192;ce of Building Technology, State and Community Programs, U.S. Department of Energy, 2000

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Inspection Checklists for National Program Requirements As described in the ENERGY STAR Certified Homes National Program Requirements, Version 3 (Rev. 07), one prerequisite for certification is that a home must meet the requirements of the four attached checklists:  Thermal Enclosure System Rater Checklist  HVAC System Quality Installation Contractor Checklist  HVAC System Quality Installation Rater Checklist  Water Management System Builder Checklist To be eligible for certification, a home must also meet the other requirements listed in the National Program Requirements document, 1 including verification of all requirements by a Rater. Note that compliance with these guidelines is not intended to imply compliance with all local code requirements that may be applicable to the home to be built. Where requirements of the local codes, manufacturers’ installation instructions, engineering documents, or regional ENERGY STAR programs overlap with the requirements of these guidelines, EPA offers the following guidance: a. In cases where the overlapping requirements exceed the ENERGY STAR guidelines, these overlapping requirements shall be met; b. In cases where overlapping requirements conflict with a requirement of these ENERGY STAR guidelines (e.g., slab insulation is prohibited to allow visual access for termite inspections), then the conflicting requirement within these guidelines shall not be met. Certification shall only be allowed if the Rater has determined that no equivalent option is available that could meet the intent of the conflicting requirement of these ENERGY STAR guidelines (e.g., switching from exterior to interior slab edge insulation). Note that, under the Performance Path, a home must still meet its ENERGY STAR HERS Index Target (or equivalent target for regional program requirements). Therefore, other efficiency measures may be needed to compensate for the omission of the conflicting requirement. The Rater must review all items on the Rater checklists. Raters are expected to use their experience and discretion to verify that the overall intent of each inspection checklist item has been met (i.e., identifying major defects that undermine the intent of the checklist item versus identifying minor defects that the Rater may deem acceptable). The column titled “N/A,” which denotes items that are “not applicable,” should be used when the checklist item is not present in the home or conflicts with local requirements. In the event that a Rater finds an item that is inconsistent with the intent of the inspection checklists, the home cannot earn the ENERGY STAR until the item is corrected. If correction of the item is not possible, the home cannot earn the ENERGY STAR. In the event that an item on a Rater checklist cannot be inspected by the Rater, the home also cannot earn the ENERGY STAR. The only exceptions to this rule are in the Thermal Enclosure System Rater Checklist, where the builder may assume responsibility for verifying a maximum of eight items. This option shall only be used at the discretion of the Rater. When exercised, the builder’s responsibility will be formally acknowledged by the builder signing off on the checklist for the item(s) that they verified. In the event that a Rater is not able to determine whether an item is consistent with the intent (e.g., an alternative method of meeting a checklist requirement has been proposed), then the Rater shall consult their Provider. If the Provider also cannot make this determination, then the Rater or Provider shall report the issue to EPA prior to project completion at: energystarhomes@energystar.gov and will typically receive an initial response within 5 business days. If EPA believes the current program guidelines are sufficiently clear to determine whether the intent has been met, then this guidance will be provided to the partner and enforced beginning with the house in question. In contrast, if EPA believes the program guidelines require revisions to make the intent clear, then this guidance will be provided to the partner but only enforced for homes permitted after a specified transition period after the release of the revised guidelines, typically 60 days in length. This process will allow EPA to make formal policy decisions as partner questions arise and to disseminate these policy decisions through the periodic release of revised program documents to ensure consistent application of the program guidelines. The Rater is required to keep electronic or hard copies of the completed and signed checklists. Raters who operate under a Sampling Provider are permitted to verify any item designated “Rater Verified” using the RESNETapproved sampling protocol for homes located outside California, and the CEC-approved sampling protocol for homes located in CA. No parties other than Raters are permitted to use sampling. All other items shall be verified for each certified home. For example, no items on the HVAC System QI Contractor Checklist are permitted to be verified using a sampling protocol because they may only be designated as “Builder Verified” or “Contractor Verified”. As another example, if a Rater verifies 10 items on the Water Management System Builder Checklist and the builder verifies the remaining checklist items, then the applicable (either RESNET or CEC) sampling protocol is permitted to be used only on the 10 Rater-verified items.

Rater Name: __________________________________________________ Rater Company Name: __________________________________________

 Rater has verified that builder is an ENERGY STAR partner

Builder Company Name: ________________________________________

Effective for homes permitted 2 starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 1 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Inspection Checklist Notes

The term ‘Rater’ refers to the person completing the third-party inspections required for certification. This person shall: a) be a certified Home Energy Rater, Rating Field Inspector, BOP Inspector, or an equivalent designation as determined by a Verification Oversight Organization such as RESNET; and, b) have attended and successfully completed an EPA-recognized training class. See www.energystar.gov/newhomestraining.

The Rater may define the ‘permit date’ as either the date that the permit was issued or the date of the contract on the home. In cases where permit or contract dates are not available, Providers have discretion to estimate permit dates based on other construction schedule factors. These assumptions should be both defensible and documented.

Effective for homes permitted 3 starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 2 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Thermal Enclosure System Rater Checklist Home Address:

City:

State: ______ Zip Code: _________ Must Builder Rater N/A Correct Verified 1 Verified

1. High-Performance Fenestration 1.1 Prescriptive Path: Fenestration shall meet or exceed ENERGY STAR requirements 2 1.2 Performance Path: Fenestration shall meet or exceed 2009 IECC requirements 2

 



2. Quality-Installed Insulation 2.1 Ceiling, wall, floor, and slab insulation levels shall comply with one of the following options: 2.1.1 Meet or exceed 2009 IECC levels 3,4,5 OR; 2.1.2 Achieve ≤ 133% of the total UA resulting from the U-factors in 2009 IECC Table 402.1.3, excluding fenestration and per guidance in Footnote 3d, AND home shall achieve ≤ 50% of the infiltration rate in Exhibit 1 of the National Program Requirements 4,5 2.2 All ceiling, wall, floor, and slab insulation shall achieve RESNET-defined Grade I installation or, alternatively, Grade II for surfaces that contain a layer of continuous, air impermeable insulation ≥ R-3 in Climate Zones 1 to 4, ≥ R-5 in Climate Zones 5 to 8

3. Fully-Aligned Air Barriers

At each insulated location noted below, a complete air barrier shall be provided that is fully aligned with the insulation as follows: • At interior or exterior surface of ceilings in Climate Zones 1-3; at interior surface of ceilings in Climate Zones 4-8. Also, include barrier at interior edge of attic eave in all climate zones using a wind baffle that extends to the full height of the insulation. Include a baffle in every bay or a tabbed baffle in each bay with a soffit vent that will also prevent wind washing of insulation in adjacent bays • At exterior surface of walls in all climate zones; and also at interior surface of walls for Climate Zones 4-8 7 • At interior surface of floors in all climate zones, including supports to ensure permanent contact and blocking at exposed edge 8,9 3.1 Walls 10     3.1.1 Walls behind showers and tubs     3.1.2 Walls behind fireplaces     3.1.3 Attic knee walls 11     3.1.4 Skylight shaft walls     3.1.5 Wall adjoining porch roof     3.1.6 Staircase walls     3.1.7 Double walls     3.1.8 Garage rim / band joist adjoining conditioned space     3.1.9 All other exterior walls 3.2 Floors 3.2.1 Floor above garage     3.2.2 Cantilevered floor     3.2.3 Floor above unconditioned basement or unconditioned crawlspace     3.3 Ceilings 10 3.3.1 Dropped ceiling / soffit below unconditioned attic     3.3.2 All other ceilings    

4. Reduced Thermal Bridging 4.1 For insulated ceilings with attic space above (i.e., non-cathedralized), Grade I insulation extends to the     inside face of the exterior wall below at these levels: CZ 1-5: ≥ R-21; CZ 6-8: ≥ R-30 12 4.2 For slabs on grade in CZ 4 and higher, 100% of slab edge insulated to ≥ R-5 at the depth specified by     the 2009 IECC and aligned with thermal boundary of the walls 4,5     4.3 Insulation beneath attic platforms (e.g., HVAC platforms, walkways) ≥ R-21 in CZ 1-5; ≥ R-30 in CZ 6-8 4.4 Reduced thermal bridging at above-grade walls separating conditioned from unconditioned space (rim / band joists exempted) using one of the following options: 13 4.4.1 Continuous rigid insulation, insulated siding, or combination of the two;     ≥ R-3 in Climate Zones 1 to 4, ≥ R-5 in Climate Zones 5 to 8 14,15,16, OR; 14 4.4.2 Structural Insulated Panels (SIPs) , OR;     4.4.3 Insulated Concrete Forms (ICFs) 14, OR;         4.4.4 Double-wall framing 14,17, OR; 4.4.5 Advanced framing, including all of the items below:     4.4.5a All corners insulated ≥ R-6 to edge 18, AND; 4.4.5b All headers above windows & doors insulated ≥ R-3 for 2x4 framing or equivalent cavity     width, and ≥ R-5 for all other assemblies (e.g., with 2x6 framing) 19, AND; 4.4.5c Framing limited at all windows & doors to one pair of king studs, plus one pair of jack studs     per window opening to support the header and sill 20, AND; 4.4.5d All interior / exterior wall intersections insulated to the same R-value as the rest of the     exterior wall 21, AND; 4.4.5e Minimum stud spacing of 16 in. o.c. for 2x4 framing in all Climate Zones and, in Climate     Zones 5 through 8, 24 in. o.c. for 2x6 framing 22 Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 3 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Thermal Enclosure System Rater Checklist Must Builder Rater Correct Verified 1 Verified

5. Air Sealing

N/A

5.1 Penetrations to unconditioned space fully sealed with solid blocking or flashing as needed and gaps sealed with caulk or foam 5.1.1 Duct / flue shaft



5.1.2 Plumbing / piping



5.1.3 Electrical wiring



5.1.4 Bathroom and kitchen exhaust fans



5.1.5 Recessed lighting fixtures adjacent to unconditioned space ICAT labeled and fully gasketed. Also, if in insulated ceiling without attic above, exterior surface of fixture insulated to ≥ R-10 in CZ 4 and higher to minimize condensation potential. 5.1.6 Light tubes adjacent to unconditioned space include lens separating unconditioned and conditioned space and are fully gasketed 23 5.2 Cracks in the building envelope fully sealed 5.2.1 All above-grade sill plates adjacent to conditioned space sealed to foundation or sub-floor with caulk, foam, or equivalent material. Foam gasket also placed beneath above-grade sill plate if resting atop concrete or masonry and adjacent to conditioned space 24, 25 5.2.2 At top of walls adjoining unconditioned spaces, continuous top plates or sealed blocking using caulk, foam, or equivalent material 5.2.3 Drywall sealed to top plate at all unconditioned attic / wall interfaces using caulk, foam, drywall adhesive (but not other construction adhesives), or equivalent material. Either apply sealant directly between drywall and top plate or to the seam between the two from the attic above. 5.2.4 Rough opening around windows & exterior doors sealed with caulk or foam 26 5.2.5 Marriage joints between modular home modules at all exterior boundary conditions fully sealed with gasket and foam 5.2.6 All seams between Structural Insulated Panels (SIPs) foamed and / or taped per manufacturer’s instructions 5.2.7 In multifamily buildings, the gap between the common wall (e.g. the drywall shaft wall) and the structural framing between units fully sealed at all exterior boundaries 5.3 Other openings 5.3.1 Doors adjacent to unconditioned space (e.g., attics, garages, basements) or ambient conditions made substantially air-tight with weatherstripping or equivalent gasket 5.3.2 Attic access panels and drop-down stairs equipped with a durable ≥ R-10 insulated cover that is gasketed (i.e., not caulked) to produce continuous air seal when occupant is not accessing the attic 27 5.3.3 Whole-house fans equipped with a durable ≥ R-10 insulated cover that is gasketed and either installed on the house side or mechanically operated 27

Rater Name: ______________________________________ Rater Pre-Drywall Inspection Date: ___________ Rater Initials: __________ Rater Name: ______________________________________ Rater Final Inspection Date: ________________ Rater Initials: __________ Builder Employee: __________________________________ Builder Inspection Date:

Builder Initials:

Notes: 1.

At the discretion of the Rater, the builder may verify up to eight items specified in this Checklist. When exercised, the builder’s responsibility will be formally acknowledged by the builder signing off on the checklist for the item(s) that they verified.

For Prescriptive Path: All windows, doors, and skylights shall meet or exceed ENERGY STAR Program Requirements for Residential Windows, Doors, and Skylights – Version 5.0 as outlined at www.energystar.gov/windows. For Performance Path: All windows, doors and skylights shall meet or exceed the component U-factor and SHGC requirements specified in the 2009 IECC – Table 402.1.1. If no NFRC rating is noted on the window or in product literature (e.g., for site-built fenestration), select the U-factor and SHGC value from Tables 4 and 14, respectively, in 2005 ASHRAE Fundamentals, Chapter 31. Select the highest U-factor and SHGC value among the values listed for the known window characteristics (e.g., frame type, number of panes, glass color, and presence of low-e coating). Note that the Ufactor requirement applies to all fenestration while the SHGC only applies to the glazed portion. The following exceptions apply: a. b.

An area-weighted average of fenestration products shall be permitted to satisfy the U-factor requirements; An area-weighted average of fenestration products ≥ 50% glazed shall be permitted to satisfy the SHGC requirements;

15 square feet of glazed fenestration per dwelling unit shall be exempt from the U-factor and SHGC requirements, and shall be excluded from area-weighted averages calculated using a) and b), above;

One side-hinged opaque door assembly up to 24 square feet in area shall be exempt from the U-factor requirements and shall be excluded from area-weighted averages calculated using a) and b), above;

Fenestration utilized as part of a passive solar design shall be exempt from the U-factor and SHGC requirements, and shall be excluded from area-weighted averages calculated using a) and b), above. Exempt windows shall be facing within 45 degrees of true South and directly coupled to thermal storage mass that has a heat capacity > 20 btu / ft3xoF and provided in a ratio of at least 3 sq. ft. per sq. ft. of South facing fenestration. Generally, thermal mass materials will be at least 2 in. thick.

Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 4 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Thermal Enclosure System Rater Checklist

Insulation levels in a home shall meet or exceed the component insulation requirements in the 2009 IECC - Table 402.1.1. The following exceptions apply: a. Steel-frame ceilings, walls, and floors shall meet the insulation requirements of the 2009 IECC – Table 402.2.5. In CZ 1 and 2, the continuous insulation requirements in this table shall be permitted to be reduced to R-3 for steel-frame wall assemblies with studs spaced at 24 in. on center. This exception shall not apply if the alternative calculations in d) are used; b. c.

For ceilings with attic spaces, R-30 shall satisfy the requirement for R-38 and R-38 shall satisfy the requirement for R-49 wherever the full height of uncompressed insulation at the lower R-value extends over the wall top plate at the eaves. This exemption shall not apply if the alternative calculations in d) are used; For ceilings without attic spaces, R-30 shall satisfy the requirement for any required value above R-30 if the design of the roof / ceiling assembly does not provide sufficient space for the required insulation value. This exemption shall be limited to 500 sq. ft. or 20% of the total insulated ceiling area, whichever is less. This exemption shall not apply if the alternative calculations in d) are used; An alternative equivalent U-factor or total UA calculation may also be used to demonstrate compliance, as follows: An assembly with a U-factor equal or less than specified in 2009 IECC Table 402.1.3 complies.

A total building thermal envelope UA that is less than or equal to the total UA resulting from the U-factors in Table 402.1.3 also complies. The insulation levels of all non-fenestration components (i.e., ceilings, walls, floors, and slabs) can be traded off using the UA approach under both the Prescriptive and the Performance Path. Note that fenestration products (i.e., windows, skylights, doors) shall not be included in this calculation. Also, note that while ceiling and slab insulation can be included in trade-off calculations, Items 4.1 through 4.3 of the Checklist shall be met regardless of the UA tradeoffs calculated. The UA calculation shall be done using a method consistent with the ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals and shall include the thermal bridging effects of framing materials. The calculation for a steel-frame envelope assembly shall use the ASHRAE zone method or a method providing equivalent results, and not a series-parallel path calculation method. Consistent with the 2009 IECC, slab edge insulation is only required for slab-on-grade floors with a floor surface less than 12 inches below grade. Slab insulation shall extend to the top of the slab to provide a complete thermal break. If the top edge of the insulation is installed between the exterior wall and the edge of the interior slab, it shall be permitted to be cut at a 45-degree angle away from the exterior wall. Alternatively, the thermal break is permitted to be created using ≥ R-3 rigid insulation on top of an existing slab (e.g., in a home undergoing a gut rehabilitation). In such cases, up to 10% of the slab surface is permitted to not be insulated (e.g., for sleepers, for sill plates). Insulation installed on top of slab shall be covered by a durable floor surface (e.g., hardwood, tile, carpet). Where an insulated wall separates a garage, patio, porch, or other unconditioned space from the conditioned space of the house, slab insulation shall also be installed at this interface to provide a thermal break between the conditioned and unconditioned slab. Where specific details cannot meet this requirement, partners shall provide the detail to EPA to request an exemption prior to the home’s certification. EPA will compile exempted details and work with industry to develop feasible details for use in future revisions to the program. A list of currently exempted details is available at: www.energystar.gov/slabedge. For purposes of this Checklist, an air barrier is defined as any durable solid material that blocks air flow between conditioned space and unconditioned space, including necessary sealing to block excessive air flow at edges and seams and adequate support to resist positive and negative pressures without displacement or damage. EPA recommends, but does not require, rigid air barriers. Open-cell or closed-cell foam shall have a finished thickness ≥ 5.5 in. or 1.5 in., respectively, to qualify as an air barrier unless the manufacturer indicates otherwise.

7. 8.

If flexible air barriers such as house wrap are used, they shall be fully sealed at all seams and edges and supported using fasteners with caps or heads ≥ 1 in. diameter unless otherwise indicated by the manufacturer. Flexible air barriers shall not be made of kraft paper, paper-based products, or other materials that are easily torn. If polyethylene is used, its thickness shall be ≥ 6 mil. EPA highly recommends, but does not require, inclusion of an interior air barrier at rim / band joists in Climate Zones 4 through 8. Examples of supports necessary for permanent contact include staves for batt insulation or netting for blown-in insulation. Alternatively, batts that completely fill floor cavities enclosed on all six sides may be used to meet Items 2.2 and 3.2, even when compression occurs due to excess insulation, as long as the R-value of the batts has been appropriately assessed based on manufacturer guidance and the only defect preventing the insulation from achieving the required installation grade is the compression caused by the excess insulation. Fully-aligned air barriers may be installed at the exterior surface of the floor cavity in all Climate Zones if the insulation is installed in contact with this exterior air barrier and the perimeter rim and band joists of the floor cavity are also sealed and insulated to comply with the fully-aligned air barrier requirements for walls.

10.

All insulated vertical surfaces are considered walls (e.g., above and below grade exterior walls, knee walls) and must meet the air barrier requirements for walls, with the exception of adiabatic walls in multifamily dwellings. All insulated ceiling surfaces, regardless of slope (e.g., cathedral ceilings, tray ceilings, conditioned attic roof decks, flat ceilings, sloped ceilings), must meet the requirements for ceilings.

11.

Exterior air barriers are not required for attic knee walls that are ≤ 24 in. in height if an interior air barrier is provided and insulation extends in all directions from the top of this interior air barrier into unconditioned space at the following levels: CZ 1-5: ≥ R-21; CZ 6-8: ≥ R-30.

12.

The minimum designated R-values must be achieved regardless of the trade-offs determined using an equivalent U-factor or UA alternative calculation, with the following exception: For homes permitted through 12/31/2012: CZ 1-5: For spaces that provide less than 5.5 in. of clearance, R-15 Grade I insulation is permitted. CZ 6-8: For spaces that provide less than 7.0 in. of clearance, R-21 Grade I insulation is permitted.

13.

For homes permitted on or after 01/01/2013: Homes shall achieve Item 4.1 without exception. Note that if the minimum designated values are used, then higher insulation values may be needed elsewhere to meet Item 2.1. Also, note that these requirements can be met by using any available strategy, such as a raised-heel truss, alternate framing that provides adequate space, and / or high-density insulation. Mass walls utilized as the thermal mass component of a passive solar design (e.g., a Trombe wall) are exempt from this Item. To be eligible for this exemption, the passive solar design shall be comprised of the following five components: an aperture or collector, an absorber, thermal mass, a distribution system, and a control system. For more information, see: Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 5 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Thermal Enclosure System Rater Checklist

http://energy.gov/sites/prod/files/guide_to_passive_solar_home_design.pdf.

14.

15.

16. 17.

18. 19.

20. 21.

Mass walls that are not part of a passive solar design (e.g., CMU block or log home enclosure) shall either utilize the strategies outlined in Item 4.4 or the pathway in the assembly with the least thermal resistance, as determined using a method consistent with the 2009 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, shall provide ≥ 50% of the applicable assembly resistance, defined as the reciprocal of the mass wall equivalent U-factor in the 2009 IECC – Table 402.1.3. Documentation identifying the pathway with the least thermal resistance and its resistance value shall be collected by the Rater and any Builder Verified or Rater Verified box under Item 4.4 shall be checked. Up to 10% of the total exterior wall surface area is exempted from the reduced thermal bridging requirements to accommodate intentional designed details (e.g., architectural details such as thermal fins, wing walls, or masonry fireplaces; structural details, such as steel columns). It shall be apparent to the Rater that the exempted areas are intentional designed details or the exempted area shall be documented in a plan provided by the builder, architect, designer, or engineer. The Rater need not evaluate the necessity of the designed detail to certify the home. If used, insulated siding shall be attached directly over a water-resistive barrier and sheathing. In addition, it shall provide the required Rvalue as demonstrated through either testing in accordance with ASTM C 1363 or by attaining the required R-value at its minimum thickness. Insulated sheathing rated for water protection can be used as a water resistant barrier if all seams are taped and sealed. If noninsulated structural sheathing is used at corners, advanced framing details listed under Item 4.4.5 shall be met for those wall sections. Steel framing shall meet the reduced thermal bridging requirements by complying with Item 4.4.1 of the Checklist. Double-wall framing is defined as any framing method that ensures a continuous layer of insulation covering the studs to at least the Rvalue required in Item 4.4.1 of the Checklist, such as offset double-stud walls, aligned double-stud walls with continuous insulation between the adjacent stud faces, or single-stud walls with 2x2 or 2x3 cross-framing. In all cases, insulation shall fill the entire wall cavity from the interior to exterior sheathing except at windows, doors and other penetrations. All exterior corners shall be constructed to allow access for the installation of ≥ R-6 insulation that extends to the exterior wall sheathing. Examples of compliance options include standard-density insulation with alternative framing techniques, such as using three studs per corner, or high-density insulation (e.g., spray foam) with standard framing techniques. Compliance options include continuous rigid insulation sheathing, SIP headers, other prefabricated insulated headers, single-member or two-member headers with insulation either in between or on one side, or an equivalent assembly, except where a framing plan provided by the builder, architect, designer, or engineer indicates that full-depth solid headers are to be used. The Rater need not evaluate the structural necessity of the details in the framing plan to certify the home. Also, the framing plan need only encompass the details in question and not necessarily the entire home. R-value requirement refers to manufacturer’s nominal insulation value. Additional jack studs shall be used only as needed for structural support and cripple studs only as needed to maintain on-center spacing of studs. Insulation shall run behind interior / exterior wall intersections using ladder blocking, full length 2x6 or 1x6 furring behind the first partition stud, drywall clips, or other equivalent alternative.

22.

In Climate Zones 5 - 8, a minimum stud spacing of 16 in. o.c. is permitted to be used with 2x6 framing if ≥ R-20.0 wall cavity insulation is achieved. Regardless, all vertical framing members shall either be on-center or have an alternative structural purpose (e.g., framing members at the edge of pre-fabricated panels) that is apparent to the Rater or documented in a framing plan that encompasses that member and is provided by the builder, architect, designer, or engineer. The Rater need not evaluate the structural necessity of the framing plan to certify the home. However, all 2x6 framing with stud spacing of 16 in. o.c. in Climate Zones 5 - 8 shall have ≥ R-20.0 wall cavity insulation installed regardless of any framing plan or alternative equivalent total UA calculation.

23. 24.

Light tubes that do not include a gasketed lens are required to be sealed and insulated ≥ R-6 for the length of the tube. Existing sill plates (e.g., in a home undergoing a gut rehabilitation) on the interior side of structural masonry or monolithic walls are exempt from this Item. In addition, other existing sill plates resting atop concrete or masonry and adjacent to conditioned space are permitted, in lieu of using a gasket, to be sealed with caulk, foam, or equivalent material at both the interior seam between the sill plate and the subfloor and the seam between the top of the sill plate and the sheathing.

25.

In Climate Zones 1 through 3, a continuous stucco cladding system adjacent to sill and bottom plates is permitted to be used in lieu of sealing plates to foundation or sub-floor with caulk, foam, or equivalent material.

26.

In Climate Zones 1 through 3, a continuous stucco cladding system sealed to windows and doors is permitted to be used in lieu of sealing rough openings with caulk or foam.

27.

Examples of durable covers include, but are not limited to, pre-fabricated covers with integral insulation, rigid foam adhered to cover with adhesive, or batt insulation mechanically fastened to the cover (e.g., using bolts, metal wire, or metal strapping).

Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 6 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) HVAC System Quality Installation Contractor Checklist 1 Home Address: System Description

City: 2

State: ______ Zip Code: ________

Cooling system for temporary occupant load? 3 Yes  No 

1. Whole-Building Mechanical Ventilation Design

1.1 Ventilation system installed that has been designed to meet ASHRAE 62.2-2010 requirements including, but not limited to, requirements in Items 1.2-1.5. 7 1.2 Ventilation system does not utilize an intake duct to the return side of the HVAC system unless the system is designed to operate intermittently and automatically based on a timer and to restrict outdoor air intake when not in use (e.g., motorized damper). 1.3 Documentation is attached with ventilation system type, location, design rate, and frequency and duration of each ventilation cycle. 1.4 If present, continuously-operating vent. & exhaust fans designed to operate during all occupiable hours. 1.5 If present, intermittently-operating whole-house ventilation system designed to automatically operate at least once per day and at least 10% of every 24 hours.

2. Heating & Cooling System Design

Builder Verified 5

Cont. Verified 6

N/A



4,8

- Parameters used in the design calculations shall reflect home to be built, specifically, outdoor design temperatures, home orientation, number of bedrooms, conditioned floor area, window area, predominant window performance and insulation levels, infiltration rate, mechanical ventilation rate, presence of MERV6 or better filter, and indoor temperature setpoints = 70°F for heating; 75°F for cooling.

2.1 Heat Loss / Gain Method:

 Manual J v8  2009 ASHRAE  Other: ________

 



 Manual D

 Other: _______

 

 OEM Rec.

 Other: _______



2.5 Orientation of Rated Home (e.g., North, South): ______________________________



2.6 Number of Occupants Served by System: 10



_____________________________ Sq. Ft.



______________________________ Sq. Ft.



2.2 Duct Design Method: 2.3 Equipment Selection Method:

 Manual S

2.4 Outdoor Design Temperatures: 9 Location: ____________

2.7 Conditioned Floor Area in Rated Home: 2.8 Window Area in Rated Home:

1%: ___ °F

99%: ___ °F

______________________________

2.9 Predominant Window SHGC in Rated Home: 11 ______________________________ 2.10 Infiltration Rate in Rated Home:

Summer: _______

Winter:_______



2.11 Mechanical Ventilation Rate in Rated Home:

______________________________ CFM



2.12 Design Latent Heat Gain:

______________________________ BTUh



2.13 Design Sensible Heat Gain:

______________________________ BTUh



2.14 Design Total Heat Gain:

_____________________________ BTUh



2.15 Design Total Heat Loss:

_____________________________ BTUh



         



  

2.16 Design Airflow:

2.17 Design Duct Static Pressure: 14

______________________________ CFM ____________________________ In. Water Column

2.18 Full Load Calculations Report Attached 15

3. Selected Cooling Equipment, If Cooling Equipment to be Installed 3.1 Condenser Manufacturer & Model: ___________________________ 3.2 Evaporator / Fan Coil Manufacturer & Model: ___________________________ 3.3 AHRI Reference #: 16 ___________________________ 3.4 Listed Efficiency: ______ EER _______ SEER 3.5 Metering Device Type:  TXV  Fixed orifice  Other: _____ 3.6 Refrigerant Type:  R-410a  Other: _____ 3.7 Fan Speed Type: 17  Fixed  Variable (ECM / ICM)  Other: _____ 3.8 Listed Sys. Latent Capacity at Design Cond.: 18 ___________________________ BTUh 3.9 Listed Sys. Sensible Capacity at Design Cond.: 18 ___________________________ BTUh 3.10 Listed Sys. Total Capacity at Design Cond.: 18 ___________________________ BTUh 3.11 If Listed Sys. Latent Capacity (Value 3.8) < Design Latent Heat Gain (Value 2.12), ENERGY STAR certified dehumidifier installed 3.12 Listed Sys. Total Capacity (Value 3.10) is 95-115% of Design Total Heat Gain (Value 2.14) or next nominal size 8, 19 3.13 AHRI Certificate Attached 16

4. Selected Heat Pump Equipment, If Heatpump to be Installed 4.1 AHRI Listed Efficiency: _______ HSPF or Ground-Source: COP 4.2 Performance at 17°F: Capacity _______ BTUh Efficiency: ______ COP 20 4.3 Performance at 47°F: Capacity _______ BTUh Efficiency: ______ COP 20

Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 7 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) HVAC System Quality Installation Contractor Checklist 1 5. Selected Furnace, If Furnace to be Installed 5.1 Furnace Manufacturer & Model:

Builder Verified 5

Cont. Verified 6

N/A



______________________________

5.2 Listed Efficiency: _______________________ AFUE 5.3 Listed Output Heating Capacity: _______________________ BTUh 5.4 Listed Output Heat. Cap. (Value 5.3) is 100-140% of Design Total Heat Loss (Value 2.15) or next nominal size 8,21



6. Refrigerant Tests - Run system for 15 minutes before testing Note: If outdoor ambient temperature at the condenser is < 55°F or, if known, below the manufacturer-recommended minimum operating temperature for the cooling cycle, then the system shall include a TXV, and the contractor shall mark “N/A” on the Checklist for Section 6 & 7. 22

6.1 Outdoor ambient temperature at condenser:

____ °F DB



6.2 Return-side air temperature inside duct near evaporator, during cooling mode:

____ °F WB



6.3 Liquid line pressure:

____ psig



6.4 Liquid line temperature:

____ °F DB



6.5 Suction line pressure:

____ psig



6.6 Suction line temperature:

____ °F DB



7. Refrigerant Calculations For System with Thermal Expansion Valve (TXV): 7.1 Condenser saturation temperature: ______ 7.2 Subcooling value: ______

°F DB (Using Value 6.3) °F DB (Value 7.1 - Value 6.4)

 

7.3 OEM subcooling goal:

______

°F DB



7.4 Subcooling deviation:

______

°F DB (Value 7.2 – Value 7.3)



7.5 Evaporator saturation temperature:

______

°F DB (Using Value 6.5)



7.6 Superheat value: 7.7 OEM superheat goal: 7.8 Superheat deviation: 7.9 Value 7.4 is ± 3°F or Value 7.8 is ± 5°F

______ ______ ______

°F DB (Value 6.6 – Value 7.5) °F DB (Using superheat tables and Values 6.1 & 6.2) °F DB (Value 7.6 – Value 7.7)

   



For System with Fixed Orifice:

7.10 An OEM test procedure (e.g., as defined for a ground-source heat pump) has been used in place of sub-cooling or super-heat process and documentation has been attached that defines this procedure

8. Electrical Measurements – Taken at electrical disconnect while component is in operation 8.1 Evaporator or furnace air handler fan:

____ amperage

_______line voltage

8.2 Condenser unit:

____ amperage

_______line voltage

8.3 Electrical measurements within OEM-specified tolerance of nameplate value



9. Air Flow Tests 9.1 Air volume at evaporator:

_______ CFM

9.2 Test performed in which mode?

 Heating

9.3 Return duct static pressure: 9.4 Supply duct static pressure:

 Cooling ______ IWC ______ IWC

Test Hole Location: 23 _________________ Test Hole Location:

_________________

9.5 Test hole locations are well-marked and accessible 23 9.6 Airflow volume at evaporator (Value 9.1), at fan design speed and full operating load, ± 15% of the airflow required per system design (Value 2.16) or within range recommended by OEM

10. Air Balance 10.1 Balancing report prepared and attached indicating the room name and design airflow for each supply and return register. In addition, final individual room airflows measured and documented through one of the following options: 10.1.1 Measured by contractor using ANSI / ACCA 5 QI-2007 protocol, documented by contractor on the balancing   report, & verified by contractor to be within the greater of ± 20% or 25 CFM of design airflow 24, OR;   10.1.2 To be measured, documented, and verified by a Rater per Item 1.4.2 of the HVAC System QI Rater Checklist

11. System Controls 11.1 Operating and safety controls meet OEM requirements



12. Drain pan 12.1 Corrosion-resistant drain pan, properly sloped to drainage system, included with each HVAC component that produces condensate 25

HVAC Company Name:___________________________________________________ Credentialing Organization: ACCA / AE / Other HVAC Contractor Name: ______________________ HVAC Contractor Signature: __________________________ Date: ________ Builder Name: 5 _____________________________ Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Builder Signature: 5 _________________________________ Revised 6/01/2013

Date: ________ Page 8 of 16

Notes:

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) HVAC System Quality Installation Contractor Checklist 1

This Checklist is designed to align with the requirements of ASHRAE 62.2-2010 and published addenda and ANSI / ACCA’s 5 QI-2007 protocol, thereby improving the performance of HVAC equipment in new homes when compared to homes built to minimum code. However, these features alone cannot prevent all ventilation, indoor air quality, and HVAC problems (e.g., those caused by a lack of maintenance by occupants). Therefore, this Checklist is not a guarantee of proper ventilation, indoor air quality, or HVAC performance. This Checklist applies to ventilation systems; to split air conditioners, unitary air conditioners, air-source heat pumps, and water-source (i.e., geothermal) heat pumps up to 65,000 Btu / h with forced-air distribution systems (i.e., ducts) and to furnaces up to 225,000 Btu / h with forced-air distribution systems (i.e., ducts). All other permutations of equipment (e.g., boilers, mini-split / multi-split systems) and distribution systems are exempt. If the ventilation system is the only applicable system installed in the home, then only Section 1 shall be completed.

2. 3.

Description of HVAC system location or area served (e.g., “whole house”, “upper level”, “lower level”).

One Checklist shall be completed for each system and provided to the Rater.

4. 5.

Check “Yes” if this system is to handle temporary occupant loads. Such a system may be required to accommodate a significant number of guests on a regular or sporadic basis and shall be handled by a supplemental cooling system (e.g., a small, single-package unit or splitcoil unit) or by a system that can shift capacity from zone to zone (e.g., a variable volume system). The person responsible for the heating, cooling, & ventilation design shall be responsible for completing Sections 1 and 2 of this Checklist. For Sections 1 through 5, the ‘Builder Verified’ column shall be used to indicate items verified by the builder (or a firm or HERS Rater hired by the builder). If any Items have been marked ‘Builder Verified’, then the builder is responsible for these Items and must sign this Checklist. Note that builders are not permitted to verify any Items in Sections 6-12.

For Sections 1 through 5, the ‘Cont. Verified’ column shall be used to indicate Items verified by the credentialed contractor (or a firm or HERS Rater hired by the contractor). In contrast, for Sections 6 through 12, the ‘Cont. Verified’ column shall only be used to indicate Items verified by the credentialed contractor (i.e., neither a builder, nor a firm, nor a HERS Rater are permitted to verify Sections 6 - 12). The credentialed contractor is responsible for these Items and shall sign this Checklist.

For proper procedures, exceptions, and selection methods see ASHRAE 62.2-2010 and published addenda. All components shall be designed and installed per local codes, manufacturers’ installation instructions, engineering documents, and regional ENERGY STAR program requirements. The system shall have at least one supply or exhaust fan with associated ducts and controls. Local exhaust fans are allowed to be part of an exhaust ventilation system. Outdoor air ducts connected to the return side of an air handler are allowed to be part of a supply ventilation system if manufacturer requirements for return air temperature are met.

Heating and cooling loads shall be calculated, equipment shall be selected, and duct systems shall be sized according to the latest editions of ACCA Manuals J, S, & D, respectively, 2009 ASHRAE Handbook of Fundamentals, or other methodology approved by the Authority Having Jurisdiction. The HVAC system design shall be completed for the specific configuration (e.g., plan, elevation, option, and orientation) of the home to be built except as permitted herein. For each house plan with multiple configurations (e.g., orientations, elevations, options), the loads shall be calculated for each potential configuration. If the loads across all configurations vary by ≤ 25%, then the largest load shall be permitted to be used for equipment selection for all configurations, subject to the over-sizing limits of ACCA Manual S. Otherwise, the contractor shall group the load for each configuration into a set with ≤ 25% variation and equipment selection shall be completed for each set of loads. For each house plan with multiple configurations, the room-level design airflows shall be calculated for each potential configuration. If the design airflows for each room vary across all configurations by ≤ 25% or 25 CFM, then the average room-level design airflow shall be permitted to be used when designing the duct system. Otherwise, the contractor shall group the room-level design airflow for each configuration into a set with ≤ 25% or 25 CFM variation and the duct design shall be completed for the average airflow of that set.

If the design conditions are dictated by a code or regulation, then the requirements of the lawful or controlling authority supersedes the Manual J or ASHRAE default design values. Otherwise, the default values shall be used. The values for the geographically closest location shall be selected or a justification provided for the selected location.

10. The number of occupants among all HVAC systems in the home must be equal to the number of bedrooms, as defined below, plus one.

Occupants listed for systems that are indicated in the header as a cooling system for temporary occupant loads, as described in Footnote 3, shall be permitted to exceed this limit. A bedroom is defined by RESNET as a room or space 70 sq. ft. or greater size, with egress window and closet, used or intended to be used for sleeping. A "den", "library", or "home office" with a closet, egress window, and 70 sq. ft. or greater size or other similar rooms shall count as a bedroom, but living rooms and foyers shall not. An egress window, as defined in 2009 IRC section R310, shall refer to any operable window that provides for a means of escape and access for rescue in the event of an emergency. The egress window definition has been summarized for convenience. The egress window shall: •

have a sill height of not more than 44 inches above the floor; AND

•

have a minimum net clear opening of 5.7 sq. ft.; AND

•

have a minimum net clear opening height of 24 in.; AND

•

have a minimum net clear opening width of 20 in.; AND

•

be operational from the inside of the room without the use of keys, tools or special knowledge.

11. “Predominant” is defined as the SHGC value used in the greatest amount of window area in the home. 12. Infiltration rate shall reflect value used in confirmed or projected HERS rating for rated home. Alternatively, use “Average” or “Semi-loose” values for the cooling season infiltration rates and “Semi-tight” or “Average” values for the heating season infiltration rates, as defined by ACCA Manual J, Eighth Edition, Version Two.

Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 9 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) HVAC System Quality Installation Contractor Checklist 1

13. Design airflow is the design value(s) for the blower in CFM, as determined by using the manufacturer’s expanded performance data to select equipment, per ACCA Manual S procedures.

14. Design duct static pressure shall account for the installation of a MERV 6 or higher filter. 15. The load calculation for the home shall be provided, documenting all design elements and all resulting loads, including but not limited to the values listed in Items 2.1 through 2.17.

16. All evaporators and condensing units shall be properly matched as demonstrated by an attached AHRI certificate. If an AHRI certificate is not available, a copy of OEM-provided catalog data indicating acceptable combination selection and performance data shall be attached.

17. If the whole-house ventilation system utilizes the HVAC air handler, then the fan speed type shall be ECM / ICM and variable speed, or include a controller (e.g., smart cycler) that reduces the ventilation run time by accounting for hours when HVAC system is heating or cooling the home.

18. Listed system capacity at design conditions is to be obtained from the OEM expanded performance data. 19. For cooling systems, the next largest nominal piece of equipment may be used that is available to satisfy the latent and sensible requirements. Single-speed systems generally have OEM nominal size increments of ½ ton. Multi-speed or multi-stage equipment may have OEM nominal size increments of one ton. Therefore, the use of these advanced system types can provide extra flexibility to meet the equipment sizing requirements.

20. Items 4.2 and 4.3 are not applicable to ground-source heat pumps. 21. For warm air heating systems, the output capacity must be between 100% and 140% of calculated system load unless a larger size is dictated by the cooling equipment selection.

22. Either factory-installed or field-installed TXV’s may be used. For field-installed TXV’s, ensure that sensing bulbs are insulated and tightly clamped to the vapor line with good linear thermal contact at the recommended orientation, usually 4 or 8 o’clock.

23. Examples of return or supply duct static pressure measurement locations are: plenum, cabinet, trunk duct, as well as front, back, left or right side. Test hole locations shall be well marked and accessible.

24. Ducts shall not include coiled or looped ductwork except to the extent needed for acoustical control. Balancing dampers or proper duct

sizing shall be used instead of loops to limit flow to diffusers. When balancing dampers are used, they shall be located at the trunk to limit noise unless the trunk will not be accessible when the balancing process is conducted. In such cases, Opposable Blade Dampers (OBD) or dampers located in the duct boot are permitted.

25. Condensate pan shall be made of corrosion-resistant materials, to include galvanized steel and plastic. Drain pan shall drain condensate

to a conspicuous point of disposal to alert occupants in the event of a stoppage of the primary drainage system; and shall be equipped with a backflow prevention valve when drained to a shared drainage system, such as a storm water management system.

Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 10 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) HVAC System Quality Installation Rater Checklist 1 Home Address: ____________________________________

City:

___________________

1. Review of HVAC System Quality Installation Contractor Checklist

State: ______ Zip Code: ________

Must Rater N/A Correct Verified

1.1 HVAC System Quality Installation Contractor Checklist completed in its entirety and collected for records, along   with documentation on ventilation system (1.3), full load calculations (2.18), and AHRI certificate (3.13). 1.2 Review the following parameters related to system cooling design, selection, and installation from the HVAC Contractor Checklist (Contractor Checklist Item # indicated in parenthesis): 3 1.2.1 Outdoor design temperatures (2.4) are equal to the 1% and 99% ACCA Manual J design temperatures for   contractor-designated design location 4 1.2.2 Home orientation (2.5) matches orientation of rated home



1.2.4 Conditioned floor area (2.7) is within ±10% of conditioned floor area of rated home



1.2.5 Window area (2.8) is within ±10% of calculated window area of rated home



1.2.6 Predominant window SHGC (2.9) is within 0.1 of predominant value in rated home 6



1.2.7 Listed latent cooling capacity (3.8) exceeds design latent heat gain (2.12)



1.2.8 Listed sensible cooling capacity (3.9) exceeds design sensible heat gain (2.13)



1.2.3 Number of occupants (2.6) equals number of occupants in rated home

1.2.9 Listed total cooling capacity (3.10) is 95-115% (or 95-125% for Heat Pumps in Climate Zones 4-8) of design total heat gain (2.14), or next nominal size 7 1.2.10 HVAC manufacturer and model numbers on installed equipment, Contractor Checklist (3.1, 3.2, 5.1), and AHRI certificate or OEM catalog data all match 8 1.2.11 Using reported liquid line (6.3) or suction line (6.5) pressure, corresponding temperature (as determined using pressure / temperature chart for refrigerant type) matches reported condenser (7.1) or evaporator (7.5) saturation temperature (± 3 degrees) 9 1.2.12 Calculated subcooling (7.1 minus 6.4) value is within ±3 °F of the reported target temperature (7.3) or calculated superheat (6.6 minus 7.5) value is within ±5 °F of the reported target temperature (7.7). 9 1.3 Rater-verified supply & return duct static pressure ≤ 110% of contractor values (9.3, 9.4)

1.4 Contractor-prepared balancing report indicating the room name and design airflow for each supply and return register collected by Rater for records. In addition, final individual room airflows measured and documented on balancing report through one of the following options: 1.4.1 Measured and documented by contractor (10.1.1), OR;



1.4.2 Measured by Rater using Section 804.2 of the Mortgage Industry National HERS Standard, documented by Rater, & verified by Rater to be within the greater of ± 20% or 25 CFM of design airflow (10.1.2)



2.2 No excessive coiled or looped flexible ductwork. 2.3 Flexible ducts in unconditioned space not installed in cavities smaller than outer duct diameter; in conditioned space not installed in cavities smaller than inner duct diameter



2.4 Flexible ducts supported at intervals as recommended by mfr. but at a distance ≤ 5 ft.



2.5 Building cavities not used as supply or return ducts unless they meet Items 3.2, 3.3, 4.1, and 4.2 of this Checklist.



2.6 HVAC ducts, cavities used as ducts, and combustion inlets and outlets may pass perpendicularly through exterior walls but shall not be run within exterior walls unless at least R-6 continuous insulation is provided on exterior side of the cavity, along with an interior and exterior air barrier where required by the Thermal Enclosure System Rater Checklist.



2.7 Quantity & location of supply and return duct terminals match contractor balancing report. 11



2.8 Bedrooms pressure-balanced using any combination of transfer grills, jump ducts, dedicated return ducts, and / or undercut doors to either: a) provide 1 sq. in. of free area opening per 1 CFM of supply air, as reported on the contractor-provided balancing report; or b) achieve a Rater-measured pressure differential ≤ 3 Pa with respect to the main body of the house when all bedroom doors are closed and all air handlers are operating.11,14



3.1 All connections to trunk ducts in unconditioned space are insulated.



3.2 Prescriptive Path: Supply ducts in unconditioned attic have insulation ≥ R-8. Performance Path: Supply ducts in unconditioned attic have insulation ≥ R-6.



3.3 All other supply ducts and all return ducts in unconditioned space have insulation ≥ R-6.



1.5 HVAC contractor holds credentials necessary to complete the HVAC System QI Contractor Checklist 10

2. Duct Quality Installation - Applies to All Heating, Cooling, Ventilation, Exhaust, and Pressure Balancing Ducts 2.1 Connections and routing of ductwork completed without kinks or sharp bends. 12 13

3. Duct Insulation - Applies to All Heating, Cooling, Supply Ventilation, and Pressure Balancing Ducts

Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 11 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) HVAC System Quality Installation Rater Checklist 1 Must Rater Correct Verified

4. Duct Leakage - Applies to All Heating, Cooling, and Balanced Ventilation Ducts

N/A

4.1 Total Rater-measured duct leakage meets one of the following two options: 4.1.1 Rough-in: ≤ 4 CFM25 per 100 sq. ft. of CFA with air handler and all ductwork, building cavities used as ductwork, & duct boots installed. In addition, all duct boots sealed to finished surface, Rater-verified at final. 17 4.1.2 Final: ≤ 8 CFM25 per 100 sq. ft. of CFA with the air handler and all ductwork, building cavities used as ductwork, duct boots, & register grilles atop the finished surface (e.g., drywall, flooring) installed. 18 4.2 Rater-measured duct leakage to outdoors ≤ 4 CFM25 per 100 sq. ft. of conditioned floor area. 16,19



    



 

5. Whole-Building Delivered Ventilation 5.1 Rater-measured ventilation rate is within 100-120% of HVAC contractor design value (2.11). 20

6. Controls 6.1 Air flow is produced when central HVAC fan is energized (set thermostat to “fan”). 6.2 Cool air flow is produced when the cooling cycle is energized (set thermostat to “cool”). 21,22 6.3 Heated air flow is produced when the heating cycle is energized (set thermostat to “heat”). 21 6.4 Continuously-operating ventilation & exhaust fans include readily accessible override controls. 6.5 Function of ventilation controls is obvious (e.g., bathroom exhaust fan) or, if not, controls have been labeled.

7. Ventilation Air Inlets & Ventilation Source 7.1 All ventilation air inlets located ≥10 ft. of stretched-string distance from known contamination sources such as stack, vent, exhaust hood, or vehicle exhaust. Exception: ventilation air inlets in the wall ≥ 3 ft. from dryer exhausts and contamination sources exiting through the roof. 23 7.2 Ventilation air inlets ≥ 2 ft. above grade or roof deck in Climate Zones 1-3 or ≥ 4 ft. above grade or roof deck in Climate Zones 4-8 and not obstructed by snow, plantings, condensing units or other material at time of inspection.24 7.3 Ventilation air inlets provided with rodent / insect screen with ≤ 0.5 inch mesh. 25 7.4 Ventilation air comes directly from outdoors, not from adjacent dwelling units, garages, crawlspaces, or attics.

8. Local Mechanical Exhaust In each kitchen and bathroom, a system shall be installed that exhausts directly to the outdoors and meets one of the following Ratermeasured airflow standards: 20,26,27 Location Continuous Rate Intermittent Rate 28 ≥ 5 ACH, ≥ 100 CFM and, if not integrated with range, also ≥ 5 ACH 8.1 Kitchen   based on kitchen volume 29,30,31 based on kitchen volume 29,30 8.2 Bathroom ≥ 20 CFM ≥ 50 CFM     8.3 If fans share common exhaust duct, back-draft dampers installed. 8.4 Common exhaust duct not shared by fans in separate dwellings. 32     8.5 Clothes dryers vented directly to outdoors, except for ventless dryers equipped with a condensate drain.

9. Ventilation & Exhaust Fan Ratings (Exemptions for Kitchen, HVAC, and Remote-Mounted Fans)

9.1 Intermittent supply and exhaust fans rated at ≤ 3 sones by mfr. when producing no less than the minimum airflow rate required by Section 8 of this Checklist, unless rated flow ≥ 400 CFM. 9.2 Continuous supply & exhaust fans rated at ≤ 1 sone by mfr. when producing no less than the minimum airflow required by Section 8 of this Checklist. 9.3 Bathroom fans used as part of a whole-house mechanical ventilation system shall be ENERGY STAR certified; unless rated flow rate ≥ 500 CFM.

    



  



10. Combustion Appliances 10.1 Furnaces, boilers, and water heaters located within the home’s pressure boundary are mechanically drafted or direct-vented. As an exception, naturally drafted equipment is allowed in Climate Zones 1-3. For naturally drafted furnaces, boilers, and water heaters, the Rater has followed RESNET or BPI combustion safety test procedures and met the selected standard’s limits for depressurization, spillage, draft pressure, and CO concentration in ambient air, as well as a CO concentration in the flue of ≤ 25 ppm. 34,35,36 10.2 For fireplaces that are not mechanically drafted or direct-vented to outdoors, total net rated exhaust flow of the two largest exhaust fans (excluding summer cooling fans) is ≤ 15 CFM per 100 sq. ft. of occupiable space when at full capacity or the Rater has verified that the pressure differential is ≤ -5 Pa using BPI’s or RESNET’s worst-case depressurization test procedure. 26,36,37,38 10.3 If unvented combustion appliances other than cooking ranges or ovens are located inside the home’s pressure boundary, the Rater has operated the appliance for at least 10 minutes and verified that the ambient CO level does not exceed 35 ppm. 39

11. Filtration 11.1 At least one MERV 6 or higher filter installed in each ducted mechanical system. 40 11.2 All return air and mechanically supplied outdoor air pass through filter prior to conditioning. 11.3 Filter located and installed so as to facilitate access and regular service by the owner. 41 11.4 Filter access panel includes gasket or comparable sealing mechanism and fits snugly against the exposed edge of filter when closed to prevent bypass. 42

Rater Name: ________________________________________ Date Checklist Inspected: ______________________________________ Rater Signature: _____________________________________ Rater Company Name: _________________________________________ Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 12 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) HVAC System Quality Installation Rater Checklist 1

Notes: 1. This Checklist is designed to align with the requirements of ASHRAE 62.2-2010 and published addenda and ANSI / ACCA’s 5 QI-2007 protocol, thereby improving the performance of HVAC equipment in new homes when compared to homes built to minimum code. However, these features alone cannot prevent all ventilation, indoor air quality, and HVAC problems, (e.g., those caused by a lack of maintenance by occupants). Therefore, this Checklist is not a guarantee of proper ventilation, indoor air quality, or HVAC performance.

The Rater is only responsible for ensuring that the Contractor has completed the Contractor Checklist in its entirety and verifying the discrete objective parameters referenced in Section 1 of this Checklist, not for assessing the accuracy of the load calculations or field verifications included or for verifying the accuracy of every input on the Contractor Checklist.

For each house plan with multiple configurations (e.g., orientations, elevations, options), the Rater shall confirm that the parameters listed in Items 1.2.2 to 1.2.6 are aligned with either: the rated home or with the plans for the configuration used to calculate the loads, as provided by the contractor.

Item 1.2.1 shall match the 1% and 99% ACCA Manual J design temperatures for the contractor-designated design location. The Rater shall either confirm that the contractor selected the geographically closest available location or collect from the contractor a justification for the selected location. The Rater need not evaluate the legitimacy of the justification to certify the home.

The number of occupants among all HVAC systems in the home shall be equal to the number of RESNET-defined bedrooms plus one. Occupants listed for systems for which the header of the Contractor Checklist indicates that it is designed to handle temporary occupant loads, as defined in Footnote 3 of the Contractor Checklist, shall be permitted to exceed this limit.

6. 7.

“Predominant” is defined as the SHGC value used in the greatest amount of window area in the home.

In cases where the condenser unit is installed after the time of inspection by the Rater, the HVAC manufacturer and model numbers on installed equipment can be documented through the use of photographs provided by the HVAC Contractor after installation is complete.

If contractor has indicated that an OEM test procedure has been used in place of a sub-cooling or super-heat process and documentation has been attached that defines this procedure, then the box for “N/A” shall be checked for this Item.

For cooling systems, the next largest nominal piece of equipment may be used that is available to satisfy the latent and sensible requirements. Single-speed systems generally have OEM nominal size increments of ½ ton. Multi-speed or multi-stage equipment may have OEM nominal size increments of one ton. Therefore, the use of these advanced system types can provide extra flexibility to meet the equipment sizing requirements.

10. If any Item in Sections 6 through 12 of the HVAC System QI Contractor Checklist is applicable to the home and, therefore, completed by an HVAC contractor, then the Rater must confirm that the contractor holds the necessary credentials. HVAC contractors must be credentialed by an EPA-recognized HVAC Quality Installation Training and Oversight Organization (HQUITO). An explanation of this credentialing process and links to H-QUITOs, which maintain lists of credentialed contractors, can be found at www.energystar.gov/newhomesHVAC.

11. Items 2.7 and 2.8 do not apply to ventilation ducts. 12. Kinks are to be avoided and are caused when ducts are bent across sharp corners such as framing members. Sharp bends are to be avoided and occur when the radius of the turn in the duct is less than one duct diameter.

13. Ducts shall not include coiled or looped ductwork except to the extent needed for acoustical control. Balancing dampers or proper duct

14. For HVAC system with multi-speed fans, the highest design fan speed shall be used when verifying this requirement. 15. EPA recommends, but does not require, that all metal ductwork not encompassed by Section 3 (e.g., exhaust ducts, duct boots, ducts in conditioned space) also be insulated and that insulation be sealed to duct boots to prevent condensation.

16. Duct leakage shall be determined and documented by a Rater using a RESNET-approved testing protocol. Leakage limits shall be

assessed on a per-system, rather than per-home, basis. For balanced ventilation ducts that are not connected to space heating or cooling systems, a Rater is permitted to visually verify, in lieu of duct leakage testing, that all seams and connections are sealed with mastic or metal tape and all duct boots are sealed to floor, wall, or ceiling using caulk, foam, or mastic tape.

17. Cabinets (e.g., kitchen, bath, multimedia) or ductwork that connect duct boots to toe-kick registers are not required to be in place during

the ‘rough-in’ test. For homes permitted through 12/31/2013: Homes are permitted to be certified if rough-in leakage is ≤ 6 CFM25 per 100 sq. ft. of CFA with air handler and all ductwork, building cavities used as ductwork, & duct boots installed.

18. Registers atop carpets are permitted to be removed and the face of the duct boot temporarily sealed during testing. In such cases, the Rater shall visually verify that the boot has been durably sealed to the subfloor (e.g., using duct mastic or caulk) to prevent leakage during normal operation.

19. For homes that have ≤ 1,200 sq. ft. of conditioned floor area, measured duct leakage to outdoors shall be ≤ 5 CFM25 per 100 sq. ft. of

conditioned floor area. Testing of duct leakage to the outside can be waived if all ducts & air handling equipment are located within the home’s air and thermal barriers AND envelope leakage has been tested to be less than or equal to half of the Prescriptive Path infiltration limit for the Climate Zone where the home is to be built. Alternatively, testing of duct leakage to the outside can be waived if total duct leakage is ≤ 4 CFM25 per 100 sq. ft. of conditioned floor area, or ≤ 5 CFM25 per 100 sq. ft. of conditioned floor area for homes that have ≤ 1,200 sq. ft. of conditioned floor area.

20. The whole-house ventilation air flow and local exhaust air flows shall be measured by the Rater using a flow hood, flow grid, anemometer (in accordance with AABC, NEBB or ASHRAE procedures), or substantially equivalent method.

21. In cases where the condenser unit is installed after the time of inspection by the Rater, the Rater is exempt from verifying Item 6.2 when the condenser is for an AC unit and also Item 6.3 when the condenser is for a heatpump unit.

22. To prevent potential equipment damage, the Rater shall not conduct this test if the outdoor temperature is ≤ 55°F or, if known, below the manufacturer-recommended minimum operating temperature for the cooling cycle. When this occurs, the Rater shall mark ‘N/A’ on the Checklist for this Item.

Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 13 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) HVAC System Quality Installation Rater Checklist 1

23. The outlet and inlet of balanced ventilation systems shall meet these spacing requirements unless manufacturer instructions indicate that a smaller distance may be used. However, if this occurs the manufacturer’s instructions shall be collected for documentation purposes.

24. EPA will permit the use of reduced ventilation air inlet heights in North Carolina. The minimum required height in North Carolina for Climate Zone 4 will be reduced from 4 feet to 2 feet and in Climate Zone 5 from 4 feet to 2.5 feet based on historical snowfall data for this state. Note that EPA is evaluating the potential to reduce inlet heights in other regions based upon historical snowfall data.

25. Without proper maintenance, ventilation air inlet screens often become filled with debris. Therefore, EPA recommends, but does not require, that these ventilation air inlets be located so as to facilitate access and regular service by the owner.

26. Per ASHRAE 62.2-2010, an exhaust system is one or more fans that remove air from the building, causing outdoor air to enter by ventilation inlets or normal leakage paths through the building envelope (e.g., bath exhaust fans, range hoods, clothes dryers).

27. Per ASHRAE 62.2-2010, a bathroom is any room containing a bathtub, shower, spa, or similar source of moisture. 28. An intermittent mechanical exhaust system, where provided, shall be designed to operate as needed by the occupant. Control devices shall not impede occupant control in intermittent systems.

29. Kitchen volume shall be determined by drawing the smallest possible rectangle on the floor plan that encompasses all cabinets, pantries, islands, and peninsulas and multiplying by the average ceiling height for this area. Cabinet volume shall be included in the kitchen volume calculation.

30. For homes permitted through 01/01/2014: Homes are permitted to be certified without enforcement of this Item to provide partners with

additional time to integrate this feature into their homes. For homes permitted on or after 01/01/2014: Homes shall meet this Item. Alternatively, the prescriptive duct sizing requirements in Table 5.3 of ASHRAE 62.2-2010 are permitted to be used for kitchen exhaust fans based upon the rated airflow of the fan at 0.25 IWC. If the rated airflow is unknown, ≥ 6 in. smooth duct shall be used, with a rectangular to round duct transition as needed. Guidance to assist partners with these alternatives is available at www.energystar.gov/newhomesresources. As an alternative to Item 8.1, homes that are PHIUS+ certified are permitted to use a continuous kitchen exhaust rate of 25 CFM per 2009 IRC Table M1507.3.

31. All intermittent kitchen exhaust fans must be capable of exhausting at least 100 CFM. In addition, if the fan is not part of a vented range hood or appliance-range hood combination (i.e., if the fan is not integrated with the range), then it must also be capable of exhausting ≥ 5 ACH, based on the kitchen volume.

32. Exhaust outlets from more than one dwelling unit may be served by a single exhaust fan if the fan runs continuously or if each outlet has a back-draft damper to prevent cross-contamination when the fan is not running.

33. Fans exempted from this requirement include kitchen exhaust fans, HVAC air handler fans, and remote-mounted fans. To be considered for this exemption, a remote-mounted fan must be mounted outside the habitable spaces, bathrooms, toilets, and hallways and there shall be ≥ 4 ft. ductwork between the fan and intake grill. Per ASHRAE 62.2-2010, habitable spaces are intended for continual human occupancy; such space generally includes areas used for living, sleeping, dining, and cooking but does not generally include bathrooms, toilets, hallways, storage areas, closets, or utility rooms.

34. Per the 2009 International Mechanical Code, a direct-vent appliance is one that is constructed and installed so that all air for combustion is

derived from the outdoor atmosphere and all flue gases are discharged to the outside atmosphere; a mechanical draft system is a venting system designed to remove flue or vent gases by mechanical means consisting of an induced draft portion under non-positive static pressure or a forced draft portion under positive static pressure; and a natural draft system is a venting system designed to remove flue or vent gases under nonpositive static vent pressure entirely by natural draft.

35. The pressure boundary is the primary enclosure boundary separating indoor and outdoor air. For example, a volume that has more leakage to outside than to conditioned space would be outside the pressure boundary.

36. Raters shall use either the Building Performance Institute’s (BPI’s) Combustion Safety Test Procedure for Vented Appliances or RESNET’s

Interim Guidelines for Combustion Appliance Testing & Writing Work Scope and be BPI-certified or RESNET-certified to follow the protocol. If using RESNET’s worst-case depressurization protocol to evaluate fireplaces, per Item 10.2, the blower door shall not be set to exhaust 300 CFM to simulate the fireplace in operation, but the remainder of the protocol shall be followed.

37. Per ASHRAE 62.2-2010 and published addenda, the term “net-exhaust flow” is defined as flow through an exhaust system minus the compensating outdoor airflow through any supply system that is interlocked to the exhaust system. “Net supply flow” is intended to represent the inverse. If net exhaust flow exceeds allowable limit, it shall be reduced or compensating outdoor airflow provided.

38. Per ASHRAE 62.2-2010, occupiable space is any enclosed space inside the pressure boundary and intended for human activities,

including, but not limited to, all habitable spaces, toilets, closets, halls, storage and utility areas, and laundry areas. See Footnote 31 for definition of “habitable spaces”.

39. The minimum volume of combustion air required for safe operation by the manufacturer and / or code shall be met or exceeded. Also, in accordance with the National Fuel Gas Code, ANSI Z223.l / NFPA54, unvented room heaters shall not be installed in bathrooms or bedrooms.

40. Per ASHRAE 62.2-2010, ducted mechanical systems are those that supply air to an occupiable space through ductwork exceeding 10 ft. in length and through a thermal conditioning component, except for evaporative coolers. Systems that do not meet this definition are exempt from this requirement. Also, mini-split systems typically do not have MERV-rated filters available for use and are, therefore, also exempted under this version of the guidelines.

41. HVAC filters located in the attic shall be considered accessible to the owner if drop-down stairs provide access to attic and a permanently installed walkway has been provided between the attic access location and the filter.

42. The filter media box (i.e., the component in the HVAC system that houses the filter) may be either site-fabricated by the installer or prefabricated by the manufacturer to meet this requirement. These requirements only apply when the filter is installed in a filter media box located in the HVAC system, not when the filter is installed flush with the return grill.

Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 14 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Water Management System Builder Checklist 1,2 Home Address: ______________________________________

City:

__________________

State: ______ Zip Code:________ Must Builder Correct Verified

1. Water-Managed Site and Foundation

Rater N/A Verified

1.1 Patio slabs, porch slabs, walks, and driveways sloped ≥ 0.25 in. per ft. away from home to edge of surface or 10 ft., whichever is less. 3



1.2 Back-fill has been tamped and final grade sloped ≥ 0.5 in. per ft. away from home for ≥ 10 ft. See Footnote for alternatives. 3



1.3 Capillary break beneath all slabs (e.g., slab on grade, basement slab) except crawlspace slabs using either: ≥ 6 mil polyethylene sheeting, lapped 6-12 in., or ≥ 1 in. extruded polystyrene insulation with taped joints. 4, 5, 6



1.4 Capillary break at all crawlspace floors using ≥ 6 mil polyethylene sheeting, lapped 6-12 in., & installed using one of the following opt’s: 4, 5, 6 1.4.1 Placed beneath a concrete slab; OR,



1.4.2 Lapped up each wall or pier and fastened with furring strips or equivalent; OR,



1.4.3 Secured in the ground at the perimeter using stakes.



1.5 Exterior surface of below-grade walls of basements & unvented crawlspaces finished as follows: a) For poured concrete, masonry, & insulated concrete forms, finish with damp-proofing coating. 7 b) For wood framed walls, finish with polyethylene and adhesive or other equivalent waterproofing.



1.6 Class 1 vapor retarder not installed on interior side of air permeable insulation in ext. below-grade walls. 8



1.7 Sump pump covers mechanically attached with full gasket seal or equivalent.



1.8 Drain tile installed at the exterior side of footings of basement and crawlspace walls, with the top of the drain tile pipe below the bottom of the concrete slab or crawlspace floor. Drain tile surrounded with ≥ 6 in. of ½ to ¾ in. washed or clean gravel and with gravel layer fully wrapped with fabric cloth. Drain tile level or sloped to discharge to outside grade (daylight) or to a sump pump. 9



2.1 Flashing at bottom of exterior walls with weep holes included for masonry veneer and weep screed for stucco cladding systems, or equivalent drainage system. 10



2.2 Fully sealed continuous drainage plane behind exterior cladding that laps over flashing in Item 2.1 and fully sealed at all penetrations. Additional bond-break drainage plane layer provided behind all stucco and non-structural masonry cladding wall assemblies. 10, 11



2.3 Window and door openings fully flashed. 12



3.1 Step and kick-out flashing at all roof-wall intersections, extending ≥ 4” on wall surface above roof deck and integrated shingle-style with drainage plane above; boot / collar flashing at all roof penetrations. 13



3.2 For homes that don’t have a slab-on-grade foundation and do have expansive or collapsible soils, gutters & downspouts provided that empty to lateral piping that discharges water on sloping final grade ≥ 5 ft. from foundation, or to underground catchment system not connected to the foundation drain system that discharges water ≥ 10 ft. from foundation. See Footnote for alternatives & exemptions. 4, 14



3.3 Self-sealing bituminous membrane or equivalent at all valleys & roof deck penetrations. 4



3.4 In 2009 IECC Climate Zones 5 & higher, self-sealing bituminous membrane or equivalent over sheathing at eaves from the edge of the roof line to > 2 ft. up roof deck from the interior plane of the exterior wall. 4



4.1 Wall-to-wall carpet not installed within 2.5 ft. of toilets, tubs, and showers.



4.2 Cement board or equivalent moisture-resistant backing material installed on all walls behind tub and shower enclosures composed of tile or panel assemblies with caulked joints. Paper-faced backerboard shall not be used. 15



4.3 In Warm-Humid climates, Class 1 vapor retarders not installed on the interior side of air permeable insulation in above-grade walls, except at shower and tub walls. 8



2. Water-Managed Wall Assembly

3. Water-Managed Roof Assembly

4. Water-Managed Building Materials

4.4 Building materials with visible signs of water damage or mold not installed or allowed to remain.

4.5 Framing members & insulation products having high moisture content not enclosed (e.g., with drywall) Builder Employee: Builder Signature:

______________________________________________________________ _______________________________________________________________ Date: _________________________

Builder has completed Builder Checklist in its entirety, except for items that are checked in the Rater Verified column (if any) 2 Rater Signature: ________________________________________________________________ Date: __________________________

Notes: 1.

The specifications in this Checklist are designed to help improve moisture control in new homes compared with homes built to minimum code. However, these features alone cannot prevent all moisture problems. For example, leaky pipes or overflowing sinks or baths can lead to moisture issues and negatively impact the performance of this Checklist’s specified features.

Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 15 of 16

ENERGY STAR Certified Homes, Version 3 (Rev. 07) Water Management System Builder Checklist 1,2

Upon completion, the builder shall return the Checklist to the Rater for review. Alternatively, at the discretion of the builder and Rater, the Rater may verify any item on this Checklist. When this occurs, the Rater shall check the box of the verified Items in the Rater Verified column. The Rater is only responsible for ensuring that the builder has completed the Builder Checklist in its entirety and for verifying the items that are checked in the Rater Verified column (if any). The Rater is not responsible for assessing the accuracy of the field verifications for items in this Checklist that are not checked in the Rater Verified column. Instead, it is the builder’s exclusive responsibility to ensure the design and installation comply with the Checklist.

Swales or drains designed to carry water from foundation are permitted to be provided as an alternative to the slope requirements for any home, and shall be provided for a home where setbacks limit space to less than 10 ft. Also, tamping of back-fill is not required if either: proper drainage can be achieved using non-settling compact soils, as determined by a certified hydrologist, soil scientist, or engineer; OR, the builder has scheduled a site visit to provide in-fill and final grading after settling has occurred (e.g., after the first rainy season).

4. 5.

Not required in Dry (B) climates as shown in 2009 IECC Figure 301.1 and Table 301.1.

For an existing slab (e.g., in a home undergoing a gut rehabilitation), in lieu of a capillary break beneath the slab, a continuous and sealed Class I or Class II Vapor Retarder (per Footnote 8) is permitted to be installed on top of the entire slab. In such cases, up to 10% of the slab surface is permitted to be exempted from this requirement (e.g., for sill plates). In addition, for existing slabs in occupiable space, the Vapor Retarder shall be, or shall be protected by, a durable floor surface. If Class I Vapor Retarders are installed, they shall not be installed on the interior side of air permeable insulation or materials prone to moisture damage.

Interior surface of existing below-grade wall (e.g., in a home undergoing a gut rehab.) listed in Item 1.5a is permitted to be finished by:

Not required for raised pier foundations with no walls. To earn the ENERGY STAR, EPA recommends, but does not require, that radonresistant features be included in homes built in EPA Radon Zones 1, 2 & 3. For more information, see www.epa.gov/indoorairplus.

• •

Installing a continuous and sealed drainage plane, capillary break, Class I Vapor Retarder (per Footnote 8) and air barrier that terminates into a foundation drainage system as specified in Item 1.8; OR If a drain tile is not required as specified in Footnote 9, adhering a capillary break and Class I Vapor Retarder (per Footnote 6) directly to the wall with the edges taped/sealed to make it continuous.

Note that no alternative compliance option is provided for existing below-grade wood-framed walls in Item 1.5b.

The 2009 IRC defines Class I vapor retarders as a material or assembly with a rating of ≤ 0.1 perm, as defined using the desiccant method with Procedure A of ASTM E 96. The following materials are typically rated at ≤ 0.1 perm and therefore shall not be used on the interior side of air permeable insulation in above-grade exterior walls in warm-humid climates or below-grade exterior walls in any climate: rubber membranes, polyethylene film, glass, aluminum foil, sheet metal, foil-faced insulating sheathings, and foil-faced non-insulating sheathings. These materials can be used on the interior side of walls if air permeable insulation is not present (e.g., foil-faced rigid foam board adjacent to a below-grade concrete foundation wall is permitted). Note that this list is not comprehensive and other materials with a perm rating ≤ 0.1 also shall not be used. Also, if manufacturer specifications for a specific product indicate a perm rating above 0.1, then the material may be used, even if it is in this list. Also note that open-cell and closed-cell foam generally have perm ratings above this limit and may be used unless manufacturer specifications indicate a perm rating ≤ 0.1. Several exemptions to these requirements apply: • Class I vapor retarders, such as ceramic tile, may be used at shower and tub walls; • Class I vapor retarders, such as mirrors, may be used if mounted with clips or other spacers that allow air to circulate behind them.

Alternatively, either a drain tile that is pre-wrapped with a fabric filter or a Composite Foundation Drainage System (CFDS) that has been evaluated by ICC-ES per AC 243 are permitted to be used to meet this Item. Note that the CFDS must include a soil strip drain or another ICC-ES evaluated perimeter drainage system to be eligible for use. In an existing home (e.g, in a home undergoing a gut rehab.) a drain tile installed only on the interior side of the footings is permitted. Additionally, a drain tile is not required when a certified hydrologist, soil scientist, or engineer has determined that a crawlspace foundation, or an existing basement foundation (e.g., in a home undergoing a gut rehab.), is installed in Group I Soils (i.e. well-drained ground or sand-gravel mixture soils), as defined by 2009 IRC Table R405.1.

10. These Items not required for existing structural masonry walls (e.g., in a home undergoing a gut rehabilitation). Note this exemption does not extend to existing wall assemblies with masonry veneers.

11. Any of the following systems may be used: a monolithic weather-resistant barrier (i.e., house wrap) shingled at horizontal joints and sealed or taped at all joints; weather resistant sheathings (e.g., faced rigid insulation) fully taped at all “butt” joints; lapped shingle-style building paper or felts; or other water-resistive barrier recognized by ICC-ES or other accredited agency.

12. Apply pan flashing over the rough sill framing, inclusive of the corners of the sill framing; side flashing that extends over pan flashing; and top flashing that extends over side flashing or equivalent details for structural masonry walls.

13. Intersecting wall siding shall terminate 1 in. above the roof or higher, per manufacturer's recommendations. Continuous flashing shall be installed in place of step flashing for metal and rubber membrane roofs.

14. The assessment of whether the soil is expansive or collapsible shall be completed by a certified hydrologist, soil scientist, or engineer. As

an alternative, a roof design is permitted to be used that deposits rainwater to a grade-level rock bed with a waterproof liner and a lateral drain pipe that meets discharge requirements per Item 3.2. As another alternative, a rainwater harvesting system is permitted to be used that drains overflow to meet discharge requirements per Item 3.2.

15. In addition to cement board, materials that have been evaluated by ICC-ES per AC 115 may also be used to meet this requirement.

Monolithic tub and shower enclosures (e.g., fiberglass with no seams) are exempt from this backing material requirement unless required by the manufacturer. Paper-faced backerboard may only be used behind monolithic enclosures or waterproof membranes that have been evaluated by ICC-ES per AC 115, and then only if it meets ASTM mold-resistant standards ASTM D3273 or ASTM D6329.

16. If mold is present, effort should be made to remove all visible signs of mold (e.g., by damp wipe with water and detergent). If removal

methods are not effective, then the material shall be replaced. However, stains that remain after damp wipe are acceptable. Lumber with "sap stain fungi" is exempt from this Item as long as the lumber is structurally intact.

17. For wet-applied insulation, follow manufacturer’s drying recommendations. EPA recommends that lumber moisture content be ≤ 18%. Effective for homes permitted starting 8/01/2013

Revised 6/01/2013

Page 16 of 16

Inspection No. ____________

GREEN BUILDING INITIATIVE GUIDELINE

CHECKLIST (Please provide a check mark and method of compliance by your selection) Builder Name: ______________________________ Home Series: ___________________________ Site Address _________________________________________________________ Lot #______________ Used

Program

When

SITE

Verified

Notes

Select a minimum of 5 S1. Team and Goal Selection S2. Minimize Environmental Impact S3. Use infill lot S4. Protect trees during Construction S5. Create Mulch from cleared vegetation. S6. Minimize site disruption. (Designated parking and materials) S7. Erosion and sediment control. (state, local, or EPA Standards) S8. Proper drainage away from foundation

D D D D D D TBC Final

MATERIALS/RESOURCE EFFECIENCY M1. Employ and show flashing details on plans M2. Efficient floor plan M3. Employ building layouts to maximize material utilization M4. Create a detailed framing plan & material takeoffs M5. Use Min. 25 year warranty materials for exterior surfaces M6. Use recycled/reclaimed materials for interiors M7. Use reclaimed content/renewable materials for interiors M8. Use minimum 30lb felt or modified bitumen under roofing M9. Use recycled/reclaimed materials for framing/construction M10. Use engineered lumber to the maximum extent possible. M11. Use locally produced materials (300 mile range) M12. Use pre-manufactured const. materials. (Trusses, SIPS, etc.) M13. Provide covered entry. (min 4’) M14. Use minimum 16” overhang. M15. Use proper roof flashings and trim. (drip edge, kick out, step, etc.) M16. Use termite resistant materials. (non-wood or treated materials) M17. Use water resistant barrier behind siding. (tyvak, felt paper, ect) M18. Employ a recycling program. (onsite cans or documented pickups) M19. Locate HVAC systems inside conditioned spaces M20. Use prefinished materials. (Brick, Pre-painted hardi, Vinyl siding) M21. Use sight generated renewable energy. M22. Use gas or propane appliances or fixtures.

Select a minimum of 14 D D D D D D D D D D D TBC TBC TBC TBC or D TBC or D TBC or D TBC or D Final Final Final Final

ENERGY EFFECIENCY E1. Energy Star Certified Final WATER EFFECIENCY W1. Water heaters less than 30’ from most distant fixture. D W2. Use water efficient fixtures (2.2gpm - kitch/utility & 2gpm - lavatory) Final or D W3. Use low flow or dual flush toilets. (1.6gal or less) Final W4. Energy Star Dishwasher Final W5. Install tank less gas or propane water heater. Final W6. Use appropriate water conserving turf Final W7. Divert water away from foundation into turf. Final W8. Install low flow shower heads. (less than 2.5gpm total) Final W9. Limit landscaping to drought tolerant or Xeroscape Final W10. Install mulch around plants (minimum 3”-4” thick) Final W11. Irrigation system zoned separate for turf and landscaping Final W12. Install rain sensors or forecast based irrigation control Final W13. Downspouts drain onto a pervious (minimum 3’ away from house) Final

All Required Select a minimum of 8

Used

Program

When

Verified

INDOOR AIR QUALITY/MOISTURE CONTROL/HEALTH IA1. Use Green carpet hard surface on 50% or more living space D IA2. Ensure wood products are low formaldehyde D IA3. Use low VOC interior paints, sealants, and adhesives D IA4. Ensure proper flashing at windows and doors TBC or D IA5. Have ductwork sealed/covered during construction TBC or D IA6. Fireplaces compliant to specified requirements or none Final IA7. Sealed combustion or mech. fresh air (gas furnaces & water heaters) Final IA8. Range hood vented to the exterior with back draft damper. Final IA9. MERV 8 Filters or better for HVAC Final IA10. CO detectors if gas fixtures used. (or no gas inside conditioned) Final IA11. Avoid attached garages or well sealed door between Final IA12. Install return ducts, jump ducts, or transfer grills in bedrooms Final HOMEOWNER EDUCATION H1. Designated individual to oversee green program H2. Provide homeowner education. H3. Provide a homeowner manual. GLOBAL IMPACT STATEMENT G1. Demonstrate builders operations and practices include environmental management concepts .

Notes

Select a minimum of 9

All Required D D Final All Required D

BUILDER

I, the builder, agree to meet a minimum of 44 of the 60 required elements on all of the homes/series that are listed above. I will do my best to comply with 44 of the requirements; however, due to circumstances beyond my control, i.e., government regulations, supply problems and many other issues, I acknowledge that meeting all 44 required elements may not always be possible. The items selected are the items that are to be implemented and all required documentation will be maintained for a minimum of 7 years ______________________________

___________________________________

Company

Signature

______________________________

___________________________________

Name of Person Completing Form

Date

______________________________

RATER

Title

______________________________

___________________________________

Company

Signature

______________________________

___________________________________

Name of Person Completing Form

Date

______________________________ Title Comments

This form should be initiated from the builder with items that are intended to be in compliance with checked. Proper documentation for the items listed with an D should be maintained a minimum of 5 years and signed by the builder. Prior to the Thermal Bypass Checklist (TBC) inspection the yellow areas of the form should be completed and E-Mailed to the rater.

Submit completed form to: RIO GRANDE VALLEY BUILDERS ASSOC. / GBRGV 419 Nolana Ave, Ste C McAllen, Texas 78501 (956) 686-2932

MATERIALS/RESOURCE EFFICIENCY M2. Create an efficient floor plan that main‐ tains a home’s functionality.

Document

Builder

Builder’s floor plan/design considers the following concepts/tradeoffs in design, while maintaining functionality, architectural ap‐ peal and affordability: (1) Opportunities to minimize slab, wall, ceiling and window ar‐ eas while maintaining architecturally appeal‐ ing design and flow. (2) Selection of materi‐ als and methods to reduce thermal bridging. (3) Minimizing roof pitch (minimizes present and future material requirements and in‐ creases wind resistance).

M3. Use building layouts that maximize re‐ sources and minimize material cuts.

Document

Builder

Builder demonstrates that home is designed for standard material sizes or that cut‐off material will be re‐utilized in another part of the house so that waste is minimized.

M4. Create a detailed framing plan and mate‐ rial takeoffs.

Document

Builder

Builder documents framing plan/material takeoff sheet. Demonstrates by above methods that minimum required materials are brought to site so that waste is reduced.

M5. Use sustainable exterior cladding materials Document with minimum 25‐year warranty (i.e. hardi, brick, stucco, stone, shingles, appropriately rated vinyl siding.

Builder

Builder documents the warranty for ALL exterior cladding materials (roof and walls).

M6. Reclaimed content materials or materials manufactured from renewable resources are used. For the

Document

Builder

Builder documents the material content (usually provided by supplier). Builder to maintain evidence on file.

M7. Use materials manufactured from renew‐ Document able resources in interior construction (bamboo, cork, recycled glass, mdf, finger‐jointed trim).

Builder

Builder documents the material content (usually provided by the supplier). Builder to maintain evidence on file.

M8. Install a minimum of #30 roofing felt or modified bitumen on entire roof for secondary moisture protection.

Builder

Builder documents material used. Photo

Document

evidence of roof covering prior to shin‐ gle recommended.

M9. Recycled or reclaimed content materials or Document materials manufactured from renewable re‐ sources are used for the exterior construction/ structural framing or insulation (cellulose, OSB, fly

Builder

Builder documents the material content (usually provided by the supplier) Builder to maintain evidence on file.

M10. Use engineered lumber products to maxi‐ Document mum extent possible to include trusses, joists, and finger‐jointed dimensional lumber.

Builder

Builder documents at least one product cate‐ gory. At least 75% of product category used throughout house must meet the require‐ ment.

M11. Use locally available, indigenous materials Document to minimize transportation and processing costs. Use materials common to local region (within a 300 mile radius).

Builder

Builder supplied documents on manufactur‐ ing site. Builder to maintain evidence on file.

M12. Use pre‐cut joist or pre‐manufactured floor truss and studs

Builder

Builder documents presence of at least 75% of product category used through‐ out house.

ash).

TBC

MATERIALS/RESOURCE EFFICIENCY M13. Provide covered entry.

TBC

Verifier

Verifier sights presence of covered entry, minimum overhand of 4’ required.

M14. Use recommended‐sized roof overhangs for climate (minimum 16”).

TBC

Verifier

Verifier sights that distance from exterior wall to fascia board is at least 15.5”.

M15. Install proper flashing roof flashing. (drip edge flashing, step flashing, kick out flashing, etc.)

TBC if visible or Verifier or Builder Document

M16. Maximize use of termite‐resistant materi‐ TBC if visible or Verifier or Builder als (i.e. hardi board, treated plates and/or ter‐ Document mite shields)

Verifier sights visible flashing. Flashing that is not visible at the time of the inspection should be documented. Builder responsible for correct installation. Verifier sights visible materials. Materials that are not visible at the time of the inspec‐ tion should be documented.

M17. Provide a water‐resistant barrier behind the exterior veneer siding.

TBC if visible or Verifier or Builder Document

Verifier sights visible materials. If materials ore not visible at the time of the inspection the builder should document the presence of barriers installed behind the exterior veneer or siding as per manufacturer’s instructions and building code. Photo evidence is rec‐ ommended.

M18. Conduct onsite recycling efforts.

TBC if visible or Verifier or Builder Document

Builder demonstrates or documents at least three examples of onsite recycling or re‐ utilization methods to prevent material waste.

M19. Place AC equipment and ducts within con‐ ditioned space to maximize system efficiency.

Final

Verifier

Verifier sights location of A/C equipment and ducts.

M20. Use materials requiring no additional finish resources to complete application onsite, i.e. pre‐finished hardi, pre‐painted hardi, vinyl siding and handrails.

Final

Verifier

Verifier sights presence of at least one prod‐ uct category. For each product, 75% must be used throughout house. Must be finished painting.

M21.. Use site generated renewable energy. This Final would include solar panels, wind generators, biomass generators, etc.

Verifier

Verifier sights presence of the onsite power production. The equipment should provide a minimum of .5kw peak production

M22. Use natural gas or propane appliances and/or fixtures.

Final

Verifier

Verifier sights presence of the natural gas or propane fixtures or connections if fixtures are not present.

Must complete E1

When Verified

Responsible Party

How verified

E1. Make sure home exceeds latest version of International Energy Conservation Code (2004/ ECC) by 15% or be a certified ENERGY STAR ® home; third party documentation required. HERS 85 or less.

Final

Verifier

Verifier sights Energy Star label for the home and completed thermal bypass inspection checklist if method other than Energy Star was used.

ENERGY

WATER EFFICIENCY Select a minimum of 8

When Verified

Responsible How verified Party

W1. Locate water heaters or storage tank Document within 30 feet of fixture or install hot-water-ondemand system or tankless water heaters or manifold plumbing systems utilizing tubing (for single family detached homes).

Builder

Builder documents method used for compliance OR have plumbing contractor provide written statement that all requirements are met. This will usually be documented in the blue prints

W2. Utilize water-efficient sink fixtures: Kitchen/Utility (2.2 gpm or less) Lavatory (2.0 gpm or less).

Final if visible or Document

Verifier or Builder

Verifier sights labeling on products if visible or builder documents showing ALL materials meet the requirement OR have plumbing contractor provide a written statement that all requirement are met. Flow testing by Verifier NOT required.

W3. Install low-flow or dual flush toilets (1.6 gallons/flush or less).

Final if visible or Document

Verifier or Builder

Verifier sights presence if labeling present or builder documents showing ALL materials meet the requirement OR have plumbing contractor provide a written statement that requirements are met. Flow testing by Verifier NOT required.

W4. The dishwasher is an ENERGY STAR® labeled product.

Final

Verifier

Verifier visually confirms presence of ENERGY STAR ® label on dishwasher of builder-supplied documentation showing dishwasher is on the ENERGY STAR ® “approved” list if unit is not labeled.

W5. Install tankless natural gas or tankless propane water heater.

Final

Verifier

Verifier visually confirms presence of tankless gas/propane water heater Licensed plumbing contractors may provide certification statement that product meets the requirement

W6. Utilize only water conserving and region- Final if known ally appropriate turf. If parts of the yard will or Document not receive turf at time of sale, provide homeowner education on recommended turf varieties

Verifier or Builder

Verifier sights presence of turf if known or the builder provides documentation. Recommend turf supplier provide certification statement stating ALL installed turf is appropriate for the area.

W7. Divert water away from foundation and into landscape areas.

Final

Verifier

Verifier sights that, in their opinion, reasonable efforts were made to capture water runoff into landscape areas away from the foundation.

W8. Install low-flow shower heads 2.5 gpm total).

Final if visible or Document

Verifier or Builder

Verifier sights labeling on materials if present or builder provides doccumenatation showing ALL fixtures meet the requirement OR plumber may provide a written statement that all requirements are met. Flow testing by Verifier NOT required. Confirmation of fixture performance must be sent to verifier at least twice annually.

W9. Limit landscape to drought-tolerant varie- Final if known ties. See applicable Xeriscape list from appro- or Document priate municipality .

Verifier or Builder

Verifier sights presence if known or builder provides documentation. Recommended landscape provider provides certification statement that ALL supplied landscape plants meet Xeriscape requirements.

W10. Install mulch (3-4” deep minimum) around plants and include bed covering utilizing a recycled mulch program.

Final

Verifier

Verifier or builder sights presence of mulch to the required depth.

W11. Irrigation system zoned separately for Final turf and bedding areas.

Verifier

Builder or landscaping professional must clearly denote separate zoning on irrigation control box. Verifier confirms separate zoning indicated on control box. Alternatively, the LICENSED installer may provide certification statement indicating all requirements are met.

WATER EFFICIENCY Select a minimum of 8

When Verified

Responsible Party

How verified

W12. Install rain sensors or weather forecast based irrigation controller.

Final

Verifier or Builder

Verifier or builder sights presence of mulch to the required depth.

W13. Downspouts, if installed, must drain onto a pervious surface (turf or landscaping) at least 3 feet from structure.

Final

Verifier or Builder

Verifier or builder sights compliance at final inspection

INDOOR AIR QUALITY/MOISTURE CONTROL/HEALTH Select a minimum of 10

When Verified

Responsible Party

How verified

IA1. Use Carpet and Rug Institute’s Green La- Final bel certified carpet on at least 50% of the flooring in the living space. If at least 50% of living space is hard surface, standard carpeting may be used.

Builder

Builder supplies documentation that carpets/ rugs are “Green Label” certified, if required. Builder provides Verifier with square footage of hard surface products and carpet prior to final inspection.

IA2. Ensure particleboard, medium density fiberboard (MDF) and hardwood plywood substrates are certified to low formaldehyde emission standards.

Final

Builder

Builder supplies documentation showing that at least 90% of product category used in the house meets the requirement.

IA3. Choose low-VOC interior paint, sealants, and adhesives.

Final

Builder

Builder supplies documentation that at least 80% of products are low VOC

IA4. Ensure proper flashing at windows and TBC if visible or Document doors.

Verifier or Builder

Verifier sights or the builder documents windows and doors are flashed as per appropriate building material specifications and building codes. Photo evidence is recommended.

IA5. Cover ducts during construction or clean before first use.

Verifier

Verifier sights suitable covering over AC ducts at pre-drywall inspection or builder documentation that duct system has been cleaned at Final Inspection.

IA6. Any fireplace installed must have combus- Final tion air direct from exterior or no fireplace installed.

Verifier

Verifier sights presence of requirements during final inspection. System installer may provide certification statement that product meets the requirement.

IA7. Provide power sealed combustion or mechanical/induced venting providing fresh combustion air for gas furnaces and water heaters located inside conditioned spaces or no gas appliances installed in conditioned space.

Final

Verifier

Verifier sights presence of requirements during final inspection. Licensed AC/plumbing contractors may provide certification statement that product meets the requirement.

IA8. Vent kitchen range hoods to exterior.

Final

Verifier

Verifier sights range vent pipe routed to exterior.

IA9. Use minimum of 1” pleated paper filters Final for central air conditioners or install whole house Media filter (minimum MERV 8). No “ozone” type filters allowed.

Verifier

Verifier sights presence of product during final inspection. Product must be clearly labeled or builder documentation is required.

IA10. For homes with gas appliances or attached garage, install one carbon monoxide detector with American Gas Association (AGA) IAS 696 Blue Star Certification Seal every 1,000 sq. ft. (near bedrooms) at a minimum of one per floor.

Verifier

Verifier sights presence of products during final inspection. Product must be clearly labeled or builder documentation required.

TBC if visible or Document

Final

INDOOR AIR QUALITY/MOISTURE CONTROL/HEALTH IA12. Avoid attached garage or isolate garage from the living space by providing a tightly sealed, gasketed door between garage and conditioned space. (this door should be fire rated)

Final

Verifier

Verifier sights solid exterior door (installed with gasket on final inspection if required).

IA13. Install return air ducts, jump ducts, or transfer grills in all bedrooms.

Final

Verifier

Verifier sights presence of material at roughin. AC Contractor responsible for correct sizing of ducts/grills as per ACCA documents.

Responsible Party

How verified

H1. Builder or builder’s designated employee to Document oversee the builder’s green building program.

Builder

Builder documents written evidence that Builder has designated a responsible individual to oversee the Builder’s green building program.

H2. Provide education to owners in the use and care of their dwellings. Instruct homeowner about the building’s goals and strategies and occupants’ impact on costs of operating the building. Provide training to owners for all control systems in the house.

Builder

Builder documents written homeowner orientation forms/checklist/manual showing that homeowner has received basic education in care or use of their home.

Verifier

Verifier sights Builder’s written homeowner orientation forms/checklist/manual, showing that homeowner has received basic education in care or use of their home.

HOMEOWNER EDUCATION Must complete all 3 items

When Verified

Document

H3. Provide Home Manual to owners on the use Final and care of their home.

GLOBAL IMPACT STATEMENT Must complete

When Verified

Responsible Party

How verified

G1. Demonstrate that builder’s operations and business practices include environmental management concepts (i.e. “green” stationary and envelopes, recycling bins, etc).

Document

Builder

Builder demonstrates or provides at least three examples of business practices/ concepts which minimize environmental impact.

All documentation should be available to the verifier at the time of the final inspection. If the builder has any questions if an item will meet the RGV Green Built requirements, the builder should consult with the verifier prior to implementing them. It is very important to go over the planning and design of the program with the verifier to ensure there are no problems passing. The builder should select the items prior to the first inspection and provide the list to the verifier.

T e c h n o l o g y F a c t S h e e t

ADVANCED WALL FRAMING

ADVANCED WALL FRAMING For more information, contact:

○ ○ ○

○

" 10'-0 grid inch

2'- 10"

○

○ ○ ○ ○ ○

○

18" overhang 4' 16"

16"

○

16"

○ ○ ○ ○ ○

16"

○

Plywood cutting pattern

•

Use structural sheathing at corners and intermediate points with foam sheathing

Specific requirements for these and other methods depend on wind and seismic zone, as well as the number of stories in the structure. The structural implications of sheathing make it a critical wall system component. Cladding installation guidelines and warranties may also affect the choice of sheathing. Finally, newer building codes are incorporating increasingly more stringent wall bracing requirements. These should be carefully studied before selecting sheathing.

at all other locations.

○

LET-IN BRACING

○

Southface Energy Institute 404-872-3549 www.southface.org U.S. Department of Energy’s Oak Ridge National Laboratory Buildings Technology Center 423-574-5178 www.ornl.gov/ORNL/BTC

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Metal T-bracing nailed to studs saves on the labor cost of 1x4 let-in bracing

○

U.S. Department of Energy’s National Renewable Energy Laboratory 303-275-3000 www.nrel.gov/buildings_thermal

○

Saw kerf for T-brace K-brace when window or door is near corner

○

2x4 or 2x6 stud

Framing DOE 770 MS.p65

Buildings for the 21st Century Buildings that are more energy efficient, comfortable, and affordable…that’s the goal of DOE’s Office of Building Technology, State and Community Programs (BTS). To accelerate the development and wide application of energy efficiency measures, BTS: • Conducts R&D on technologies and concepts for energy effi ciency, working closely with the building industry and with manufacturers of materials, equipment, and appliances • Promotes energy/money saving opportunities to both builders and buyers of homes and commercial buildings

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

○

Other items - For maximum efficiency, detailed plans should show each piece of wood, cross bracing, and so on in the house and locations for all other items such as wiring, ducts, and pipes. Detailed plans will help eliminate conflicts over space, expedite installation, and eliminate the need to alter or move studs, joists, or other framing members later.

1x4 let-in brace notched into wall studs

Build efficiently, use less material, and save energy!

• Works with state and local regulatory groups to improve building codes, appliance stan dards, and guidelines for effi cient energy use

○

The International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings can be obtained from the International Code Council 703-931-4533 www.intlcode.org

ADVANCED WALL FRAMING

Use full foam sheathing over other approved wall bracing (e.g., metal strapping, let-in wood 1x’s).

○

2" vent strip

NAHB Research Center 800-898-2842 www.nahbrc.org

Use of non-structural insulating rigid foam wall sheathing is another option. It improves energy efficiency and reduces wood use but requires that the wall assembly be adequately braced. Codes outline various bracing options, such as the following

•

○

Window and Door Layout - Align at least one side of each window and door in line with an existing stud and attach the other side with a metal hanger. Windows with rough openings of 22½ inches can fit between studs that are spaced 24 inches oncenter. When this size window is used in conjunction with inline framing, headers are not necessary because no studs need to be cut.

Written and prepared for the U.S. Department of Energy by:

Plywood soffit

○

In-Line Framing - Align floor, wall, and roof framing members directly above or below one another so that loads are transferred directly downward. With in-line framing, double top plates can be eliminated because the load is distributed evenly through the top plate. Using this method, studs that are 24 inch on-center are placed directly below roof trusses spaced 24 inches on-center.

Or refer to the Builder’s Guide Energy Efficient Building Association, Inc. 651-268-7585 www.eeba.org

○

16'- 2" 19'- 2"

○

and waste, as many products come in multiples of 2 feet. For example, with proper planning, the entire cutoff from a centercut sheet of plywood can be used elsewhere, eliminating the need for an additional cut and reducing scrap. When planning the roof, remember to allow space for a ridge vent if one is used.

Or visit the BTS Web site at www.eren.doe.gov/buildings

9'- 7"

○

ADVANCED FRAMING DESIGN CONSIDERATIONS Two-Foot Module - Design building length, width, and roof pitch in 2-foot increments to make the best use of common sheet good sizes. This technique will reduce material use, labor,

Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Clearinghouse (EREC) 1-800-DOE-3732 www.eren.doe.gov

2 strips of plywood 4 feet wide and 1 strip 2 feet wide

TWO-FOOT MODULE DESIGN

○

Because wall height is changed when single top plates are used, sheathing and drywall needs are affected. Studs that are 94¼ inches long (often used for interior walls) do not need to be cut for use with single top plates, but they are not always available. Ninety-six-inch lumber needs to be cut to length or requires having a strip of drywall added at the bottom of the wall. Pre-cut 925/8-inch studs will require “ripping” approximately 1 inch from the sheathing and drywall. If 94¼-inch studs are not available, use 925/8-inch studs rather than 96-inch lumber because they require less labor and generate less waste.

SHEATHING Nailbase wooden structural panel sheathing— OSB and plywood— dominate the market. Properly installed wood structural wall panels not only provide resistance to racking (lateral loading from wind, seismic, etc.), but also improve the “ kickable” character of many structures.

○

Lay out and cut framing and sheet goods to take advantage of the full dimension of the material. This also reduces job site waste.

NOTICE: Neither the United States government nor any agency thereof, nor any of their employees, makes any warranty, express or implied, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any information, apparatus, product, or process disclosed. The views and opinions of authors expressed herein do not necessarily state or reflect those of the United States government or any agency thereof.

• Provides support and grants to states and communities for deployment of energyefficient technologies and practices

ADVANCED FRAMING Advanced framing refers to a variety of framing techniques designed to reduce the amount of lumber used and waste generated in the con struction of a wood-framed house. These techniques include • Designing homes on 2-foot mod ules to make the best use of common sheet good sizes and reduce waste and labor. • Spacing wall studs up to 24 inches on-center. • Spacing floor joists and roof rafters up to 24 inches on-center. • Using two-stud corner framing and inex pensive drywall clips or scrap lumber for drywall backing instead of studs. • Eliminating headers in non-load-bearing walls. • Using in-line framing in which floor, wall, and roof framing members are vertically in line with one another and loads are transferred directly downward. • Using single lumber headers and top plates when appropriate. Advanced framing techniques, sometimes called Optimum Value Engineering (OVE), have been researched extensively and proven effec tive. However, some techniques may not be allowed under certain circumstances (i.e., high wind or seismic potential) or in some localities. Be certain to consult local building officials early in the design phase to verify or obtain acceptance of these techniques.

BENEFITS FROM ADVANCED FRAMING Both builders and home owners can benefit from advanced framing. Advanced framing techniques create a structurally sound home that has lower material and labor costs than a conventionally framed house. Additional con struction cost savings result from the genera tion of less waste that needs to be disposed of, which also helps the environment. Advanced framing improves energy efficiency by replacing lumber with insulation material. The whole-wall R-value is improved by reduc ing thermal bridging through the framing and maximizing the wall area that is insulated. Advanced framing techniques can be imple mented individually or as a complete package, depending on the builder. Fully implementing advanced framing techniques can result in materials cost savings of about $500 or $1000 (for a 1,200- and 2,400-square-foot house, respectively), labor cost savings of between 3 and 5 percent, and annual heating and cooling cost savings of up to 5 percent.

Printed with a renewable-source ink on paper containing at least 50% wastepaper, including 20% postconsumer waste.

OFFICE OF BUILDING TECHNOLOGY, STATE AND COMMUNITY PROGRAMS ENERGY EFFICIENCY AND RENEWABLE ENERGY • U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY

October 2000 DOE/GO-102000-0770

10/30/00, 9:36 AM

ADVANCED WALL FRAMING ADVANCED FRAMING TECHNIQUES Stud Spacing - In many cases, it is acceptable by code to in crease stud spacing from 16 inches to 24 inches on-center. The 1995 International Code Council’s One- and Two-Family Dwell ing Codeallows studs up to 10 feet long to be spaced up to 24

use of scrap foam sheathing and reduce waste. For assistance in designing headers, consult local structural engineers, code officials, lumber suppliers, or organizations such as the Western Wood Products Association (www.wwpa.org).

DRYWALL RETURN Use of drywall returns for windows in walls with 2x6 stud framing eliminates the need for extension jambs in windows

inches on-center. In walls supporting only a roof and ceiling, 2x4 studs can be spaced up to 24 inches on-center, except for Utility grade (No. 3) studs. For walls supporting one floor, such as non-bearing gable endwalls on the first floor of a 2-story house, 2x4s can be spaced up to 24 inches on-center when Utility grade studs are not used. Studs in walls supporting a floor and roof above can be 2x6 spaced up to 24 inches oncenter rather than 2x4 spaced up to 16 inches on-center.

Drywall return at windows in walls with 2x6 studs

Jacks (shoulder studs/cripples) - Jacks can be eliminated when structural headers are not used or when metal hangers support structural headers. However, elimination of jacks reduces the available nailing area for siding and trim if nailable sheathing (e.g., plywood, OSB) is not used, and may leave as little as 1½ inches of nailable width next to a window. If needed, construct a modified window opening by installing a 2x2 wood nailer behind the sheathing for siding attachment.

STACK FRAMING DETAILS

INSIDE “ TWO-STUD” CORNERS

○ ○ ○

Single Top Plates - When used in conjunction with in-line framing designs, single top plates are usually acceptable from a structural standpoint, and are accepted by model building codes such as International Code Council (ICC) and Building Officials Code Administrators (BOCA). These codes require that 3x6 inch, 20-gauge galvanized steel plates be used to tie the

T-WALL ALTERNATIVES The use of ladder blocking or a full-length 1x6 or 2x6 blocking allows for increased insulation in the outer wall Backer support for gypsum board

Single top plate

○

top plate at joints, corners, and wall intersections and that they be nailed using three 8d nails at each side.

Position clip support for gypsum board so that it does not interfere with trim nailing

Roof framing/trusses line up with wall and floor framing Roof pitch/eave width designed on the 2-foot module

Foam sheathing

○

headers allows better insulation and saves wood. In some cases, single-ply (single 2x6, for example) headers can be used, allowing even better insulation around windows. Headers are not required in non-bearing walls, including most interior walls and gable endwalls with only non-bearing trusses directly above. The table and accompanying text below outlines some header requirements from the 1995 International Code Council’s One- and Two-Family Dwelling Code.

○ ○

○

d late Insuader e h

No headers in non-bearing wall 2x2 nailer for siding

24-inch stud spacing

Not Supporting Walls Or Roofs

○

2x2 nailer added to outside and flush to the exterior of window opening to provide nailing surface for siding and window trim

○

Supporting Two Stories Above

○

Supporting One Story Above

○

Supporting Roof Only 4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

○

2x4

○

Header Size

a Also applies to nominal 4-inch single headers. Based on No. 2 lumber with 10-foot tributary loads. Not to be used where concentrated loads are supported by headers. b Load-bearing headers are not required in interior or exterior nonbearing walls. Single flat 2-inch-by-4-inch members may be used as headers in interior or exterior nonbearing walls for openings up to 8 feet in width if the vertical distance to the parallel nailing surface above is not more than 24 inches. For such nonbearing headers, no cripples or blocking are required above the header.

Framing DOE 770 MS.p65

Single top plate

○ ○

Maximum Spans For Two-Inch Double Headers (in feet) a (Derived from Table 602.6 of the 1995 International Code Council’s One- and Two-Family Dwelling Code)

○

Headers - Structural headers are often oversized or installed where unnecessary, largely for convenience. Proper sizing of

○

It is possible to insulate headers by using foam sheathing as a spacer in place of plywood or oriented strand board (OSB), either between or on one side (preferably the exterior side) of doubled headers. This technique is an excellent way to make

○

2x4 studs spaced 16 inches on-center. The economics of 2x6 wall construction is especially favorable in areas with significant winters and in homes in which windows and doors occupy 10 percent or less of the total wall area. Walls with much more window and door area may require as much framing lumber as conventially-framed walls because each additional opening can add extra studs. In addition, the added 2-inch wall thickness requires the use of extension jambs at windows unless drywall returns are used.

When drywall clips are used, they should be installed above the level of the interior trim so trim nails will not interfere. The noncoped trim piece should be installed first, against the drywall that bears on the clip, so that the final coped trim piece can be nailed to the stud.

Partition Connections to Exterior Walls (T-walls) - These are often made by adding studs at each side of a partition which serve only to provide a surface for attaching drywall. In addition to wasting wood, this type of connection creates an area that is difficult to insulate. Alternatives include installing “ ladder blocks” , drywall clips, or a full-length 2x6 or 1x6 behind the first partition stud.

○

Total cost (material and labor) for framing with 2x6 studs spaced 24 inches on-center is similar to that for framing with

Outside and Inside Corners - Two-stud corners decrease lumber use and increase possible insulation levels compared with typical practice. However, if nailable sheathing is not used, attachment of exterior trim and siding at corners may be more difficult. For example, vinyl-siding corners require attachment at a point several inches from the corner. Therefore, if foam or other non-nailbase sheathing is used, it may be necessary to add a wood nailer behind the sheathing.

○

MODIFIED HEADER AND WINDOW OPENING Reduced waste and increased insulation can be achieved by supporting an insulated header with hangers and by nailing surfaces for siding scabbed toward the outside edge of studs.

Window aligned with studs Single stud at rough opening

No cripples under window opening

Two stud corners

Header hangers instead of jack studs

10/30/00, 9:36 AM

Insulated header sized for actual load

Point load transferred between studs by rim closure material acting as header. If rim closure material is nonstructural, support will be required under point loads. Use solid blocking between joists.

Adapted from Building Science Corporation

The first drywall sheet is installed against side with clip or backer

SINGLE TOP PLATE Connector plate

Single top plate

Ladder T-wall uses less wood and allows for insulation coverage behind partition walls

ADVANCED WALL FRAMING use of scrap foam sheathing and reduce waste. For assistance in designing headers, consult local structural engineers, code officials, lumber suppliers, or organizations such as the Western Wood Products Association (www.wwpa.org).

STACK FRAMING DETAILS

Partition Connections to Exterior Walls (T-walls) - These are often made by adding studs at each side of a partition which serve only to provide a surface for attaching drywall. In addition to wasting wood, this type of connection creates an area that is difficult to insulate. Alternatives include installing “ladder blocks”, drywall clips, or a full-length 2x6 or 1x6 behind the first partition stud.

INSIDE “TWO-STUD” CORNERS

○

Roof pitch/eave width designed on the 2-foot module

Intermediate Blocking - Horizontal blocks between studs are generally not required for structural strength or fire/draft stopping in platform framing, at least with standard 8-foot high walls. Therefore, intermediate blocking can be eliminated with platform framing because it is not required by the major building codes. Single Top Plates - When used in conjunction with in-line framing designs, single top plates are usually acceptable from a structural standpoint, and are accepted by model building codes such as International Code Council (ICC) and Building Officials Code Administrators (BOCA). These codes require that 3x6 inch, 20-gauge galvanized steel plates be used to tie the top plate at joints, corners, and wall intersections and that they be nailed using three 8d nails at each side.

Position clip support for gypsum board so that it does not interfere with trim nailing

T-WALL ALTERNATIVES The use of ladder blocking or a full-length 1x6 or 2x6 blocking allows for increased insulation in the outer wall

Roof framing/trusses line up with wall and floor framing

○

Backer support for gypsum board

Single top plate

Foam sheathing

○ ○

○

d late Insuader e h

No headers in non-bearing wall 2x2 nailer for siding

24-inch stud spacing

Not Supporting Walls Or Roofs

○

2x2 nailer added to outside and flush to the exterior of window opening to provide nailing surface for siding and window trim

○

Supporting Two Stories Above

○

Supporting One Story Above

○

Supporting Roof Only 4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

○

2x4

○

Header Size

Framing DOE 770 MS.p65

Single top plate

○ ○

Maximum Spans For Two-Inch Double Headers (in feet) a (Derived from Table 602.6 of the 1995 International Code Council’s One- and Two-Family Dwelling Code)

○

Headers - Structural headers are often oversized or installed where unnecessary, largely for convenience. Proper sizing of

○

Total cost (material and labor) for framing with 2x6 studs spaced 24 inches on-center is similar to that for framing with

Drywall return at windows in walls with 2x6 studs

Jacks (shoulder studs/cripples) -Jacks can be eliminated when structural headers are not used or when metal hangers support structural headers. However, elimination of jacks re duces the available nailing area for siding and trim if nailable sheathing (e.g., plywood, OSB) is not used, and may leave as little as 1½ inches of nailable width next to a window. If needed, construct a modified window opening by installing a 2x2 wood nailer behind the sheathing for siding attachment.

Outside and Inside Corners - Two-stud corners decrease lum ber use and increase possible insulation levels compared with typical practice. However, if nailable sheathing is not used, attachment of exterior trim and siding at corners may be more difficult. For example, vinyl-siding corners require attachment at a point several inches from the corner. Therefore, if foam or other non-nailbase sheathing is used, it may be necessary to add a wood nailer behind the sheathing.

○

ing Code allows studs up to 10 feet long to be spaced up to 24 inches on-center. In walls supporting only a roof and ceiling, 2x4 studs can be spaced up to 24 inches on-center, except for Utility grade (No. 3) studs. For walls supporting one floor, such as non-bearing gable endwalls on the first floor of a 2-story house, 2x4s can be spaced up to 24 inches on-center when Utility grade studs are not used. Studs in walls supporting a floor and roof above can be 2x6 spaced up to 24 inches oncenter rather than 2x4 spaced up to 16 inches on-center.

○

DRYWALL RETURN Use of drywall returns for windows in walls with 2x6 stud framing eliminates the need for extension jambs in windows

○

ADVANCED FRAMING TECHNIQUES Stud Spacing - In many cases, it is acceptable by code to increase stud spacing from 16 inches to 24 inches on-center. The 1995 International Code Council’s One- and Two-Family Dwell-

○

MODIFIED HEADER AND WINDOW OPENING Reduced waste and increased insula tion can be achieved by supporting an insulated header with hangers and by nailing surfaces for siding scabbed toward the outside edge of studs.

Window aligned with studs Single stud at rough opening

No cripples under window opening

Two stud corners

Header hangers instead of jack studs

10/30/00, 9:36 AM

Insulated header sized for actual load

Point load transferred between studs by rim closure material acting as header. If rim closure material is nonstructural, support will be required under point loads. Use solid blocking between joists.

Adapted from Building Science Corporation

The first drywall sheet is installed against side with clip or backer

SINGLE TOP PLATE Connector plate

Single top plate

Ladder T-wall uses less wood and allows for insulation coverage behind partition walls

ADVANCED WALL FRAMING

DRYWALL RETURN Use of drywall returns for windows in walls with 2x6 stud framing eliminates the need for extension jambs in windows

Drywall return at windows in walls with 2x6 studs

STACK FRAMING DETAILS

INSIDE “ TWO-STUD” CORNERS

○ ○ ○

T-WALL ALTERNATIVES The use of ladder blocking or a full-length 1x6 or 2x6 block ing allows for increased insulation in the outer wall Backer support for gypsum board

Single top plate

○

top plate at joints, corners, and wall intersections and that they be nailed using three 8d nails at each side.

Position clip support for gypsum board so that it does not interfere with trim nailing

Roof framing/trusses line up with wall and floor framing Roof pitch/eave width designed on the 2-foot module

Foam sheathing

○

○ ○

○

d late Insuader e h

No headers in non-bearing wall 2x2 nailer for siding

24-inch stud spacing

Not Supporting Walls Or Roofs

○

2x2 nailer added to outside and flush to the exterior of window opening to provide nailing surface for siding and window trim

○

Supporting Two Stories Above

○

Supporting One Story Above

○

Supporting Roof Only 4

2x6

2x8

2x10

2x12

○

2x4

○

Header Size

Framing DOE 770 MS.p65

Single top plate

○ ○

Maximum Spans For Two-Inch Double Headers (in feet) a (Derived from Table 602.6 of the 1995 International Code Council’s One- and Two-Family Dwelling Code)

○

Headers - Structural headers are often oversized or installed where unnecessary, largely for convenience. Proper sizing of

○

Total cost (material and labor) for framing with 2x6 studs spaced 24 inches on-center is similar to that for framing with

○

Window aligned with studs Single stud at rough opening

No cripples under window opening

Two stud corners

Header hangers instead of jack studs

10/30/00, 9:36 AM

Insulated header sized for actual load

Point load transferred between studs by rim closure material acting as header. If rim closure material is nonstructural, support will be required under point loads. Use solid blocking between joists.

Adapted from Building Science Corporation

The first drywall sheet is installed against side with clip or backer

SINGLE TOP PLATE Connector plate

Single top plate

Ladder T-wall uses less wood and allows for insulation coverage behind partition walls

T e c h n o l o g y F a c t S h e e t

ADVANCED WALL FRAMING

ADVANCED WALL FRAMING For more information, contact:

○ ○ ○

○

" 10'-0 grid inch

2'- 10"

○

○ ○ ○ ○ ○

○

18" overhang 4'

16"

○

16"

○ ○ ○ ○ ○

16"

○

Plywood cutting pattern

•

Use structural sheathing at corners and intermediate points with foam sheathing

at all other locations.

○

LET-IN BRACING

○

Southface Energy Institute 404-872-3549 www.southface.org

Metal T-bracing nailed to studs saves on the labor cost of 1x4 let-in bracing

○

U.S. Department of Energy’s Oak Ridge National Laboratory Buildings Technology Center 423-574-5178 www.ornl.gov/ORNL/BTC

○

U.S. Department of Energy’s National Renewable Energy Laboratory 303-275-3000 www.nrel.gov/buildings_thermal

○

Saw kerf for T-brace K-brace when window or door is near corner

○

2x4 or 2x6 stud

○

The International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings can be obtained from the International Code Council 703-931-4533 www.intlcode.org

Framing DOE 770 MS.p65

○

1x4 let-in brace notched into wall studs

Build efficiently, use less material, and save energy!

Buildings for the 21st Century Buildings that are more energy efficient, comfortable, and affordable…that’s the goal of DOE’s Office of Building Technology, State and Community Programs (BTS). To accelerate the development and wide application of energy efficiency measures, BTS: • Conducts R&D on technologies and concepts for energy efficiency, working closely with the building industry and with manufacturers of materials, equipment, and appliances

○

Lay out and cut framing and sheet goods to take advantage of the full dimension of the material. This also reduces job site waste.

Designing homes on 2-foot modules to make the best use of common sheet good sizes and reduce waste and labor.

•

Spacing wall studs up to 24 inches on-center.

•

Spacing floor joists and roof rafters up to 24 inches on-center.

•

Using two-stud corner framing and inexpensive drywall clips or scrap lumber for drywall backing instead of studs.

•

• Promotes energy/money saving opportunities to both builders and buyers of homes and commercial buildings

Eliminating headers in non-load-bearing walls.

•

• Works with state and local regulatory groups to improve building codes, appliance standards, and guidelines for efficient energy use

Using in-line framing in which floor, wall, and roof framing members are vertically in line with one another and loads are transferred directly downward.

•

Using single lumber headers and top plates when appropriate.

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

○

Other items -For maximum efficiency, detailed plans should show each piece of wood, cross bracing, and so on in the house and locations for all other items such as wiring, ducts, and pipes. Detailed plans will help eliminate conflicts over space, expedite installation, and eliminate the need to alter or move studs, joists, or other framing members later.

ADVANCED WALL FRAMING

Use full foam sheathing over other approved wall bracing (e.g., metal strapping, let-in wood 1x’s).

○

2" vent strip

NAHB Research Center 800-898-2842 www.nahbrc.org

•

○

Window and Door Layout -Align at least one side of each win dow and door in line with an existing stud and attach the other side with a metal hanger. Windows with rough openings of 22½ inches can fit between studs that are spaced 24 inches oncenter. When this size window is used in conjunction with inline framing, headers are not necessary because no studs need to be cut.

Written and prepared for the U.S. Department of Energy by:

Plywood soffit

○

In-Line Framing -Align floor, wall, and roof framing members directly above or below one another so that loads are trans ferred directly downward. With in-line framing, double top plates can be eliminated because the load is distributed evenly through the top plate. Using this method, studs that are 24 inch on-center are placed directly below roof trusses spaced 24 inches on-center.

Or refer to the Builder’s Guide Energy Efficient Building Association, Inc. 651-268-7585 www.eeba.org

○

16'- 2" 19'- 2"

○

Or visit the BTS Web site at www.eren.doe.gov/buildings

9'- 7"

○

Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Clearinghouse (EREC) 1-800-DOE-3732 www.eren.doe.gov

2 strips of plywood 4 feet wide and 1 strip 2 feet wide

TWO-FOOT MODULE DESIGN

○

Because wall height is changed when single top plates are used, sheathing and drywall needs are affected. Studs that are 94¼ inches long (often used for interior walls) do not need to be cut for use with single top plates, but they are not always available. Ninety-six-inch lumber needs to be cut to length or requires having a strip of drywall added at the bottom of the wall. Pre-cut 925/8-inch studs will require “ripping” approximately 1 inch from the sheathing and drywall. If 94¼-inch studs are not avail able, use 925/8-inch studs rather than 96-inch lumber because they require less labor and generate less waste.

• Provides support and grants to states and communities for deployment of energyefficient technologies and practices

Advanced framing techniques, sometimes called Optimum Value Engineering (OVE), have been researched extensively and proven effective. However, some techniques may not be allowed under certain circumstances (i.e., high wind or seismic potential) or in some localities. Be certain to consult local building officials early in the design phase to verify or obtain acceptance of these techniques.

BENEFITS FROM ADVANCED FRAMING Both builders and home owners can benefit from advanced framing. Advanced framing techniques create a structurally sound home that has lower material and labor costs than a conventionally framed house. Additional construction cost savings result from the generation of less waste that needs to be disposed of, which also helps the environment. Advanced framing improves energy efficiency by replacing lumber with insulation material. The whole-wall R-value is improved by reducing thermal bridging through the framing and maximizing the wall area that is insulated. Advanced framing techniques can be implemented individually or as a complete package, depending on the builder. Fully implementing advanced framing techniques can result in materials cost savings of about $500 or $1000 (for a 1,200- and 2,400-square-foot house, respectively), labor cost savings of between 3 and 5 percent, and annual heating and cooling cost savings of up to 5 percent.

Printed with a renewable-source ink on paper containing at least 50% wastepaper, including 20% postconsumer waste.

OFFICE OF BUILDING TECHNOLOGY, STATE AND COMMUNITY PROGRAMS ENERGY EFFICIENCY AND RENEWABLE ENERGY • U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY

October 2000 DOE/GO-102000-0770

10/30/00, 9:36 AM

T e c h n o l o g y F a c t S h e e t

ADVANCED WALL FRAMING

For more information, contact:

○ ○ ○

○

" 10'-0 grid inch

2'- 10"

○

○ ○ ○ ○ ○

○

18" overhang 4' 16"

16"

○

16"

○ ○ ○ ○ ○

16"

○

Plywood cutting pattern

• Use structural sheathing at corners and intermediate points with foam sheathing

at all other locations.

○

2" vent strip

NAHB Research Center 800-898-2842 www.nahbrc.org

Use of non-structural insulating rigid foam wall sheathing is another option. It improves en ergy efficiency and reduces wood use but requires that the wall assembly be adequately braced. Codes outline various bracing options, such as the following

LET-IN BRACING

○

Southface Energy Institute 404-872-3549 www.southface.org U.S. Department of Energy’s Oak Ridge National Laboratory Buildings Technology Center 423-574-5178 www.ornl.gov/ORNL/BTC

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

Metal T-bracing nailed to studs saves on the labor cost of 1x4 let-in bracing

○

U.S. Department of Energy’s National Renewable Energy Laboratory 303-275-3000 www.nrel.gov/buildings_thermal

○

Saw kerf for T-brace K-brace when window or door is near corner

○

2x4 or 2x6 stud

○

The International Residential Code for One- and Two-Family Dwellings can be obtained from the International Code Council 703-931-4533 www.intlcode.org

Framing DOE 770 MS.p65

○

1x4 let-in brace notched into wall studs

Build efficiently, use less material, and save energy!

Buildings for the 21st Century Buildings that are more energy efficient, comfortable, and affordable…that’s the goal of DOE’s Office of Building Technology, State and Community Programs (BTS). To accelerate the development and wide application of energy efficiency measures, BTS: • Conducts R&D on technologies and concepts for energy efficiency, working closely with the building industry and with manufacturers of materials, equipment, and appliances

○

Lay out and cut framing and sheet goods to take advantage of the full dimension of the material. This also reduces job site waste.

NOTICE: Neither the United States government nor any agency thereof, nor any of their employees, makes any warranty, express or implied, or assumes any legal liability or responsibility for the accuracy, completeness, or usefulness of any information, apparatus, product, or process disclosed. The views and opin ions of authors expressed herein do not necessarily state or reflect those of the United States gov ernment or any agency thereof.

Designing homes on 2-foot modules to make the best use of common sheet good sizes and reduce waste and labor.

•

Spacing wall studs up to 24 inches on-center.

•

Spacing floor joists and roof rafters up to 24 inches on-center.

•

Using two-stud corner framing and inexpensive drywall clips or scrap lumber for drywall backing instead of studs.

•

• Promotes energy/money saving opportunities to both builders and buyers of homes and commercial buildings

Eliminating headers in non-load-bearing walls.

•

• Works with state and local regulatory groups to improve building codes, appliance standards, and guidelines for efficient energy use

Using in-line framing in which floor, wall, and roof framing members are vertically in line with one another and loads are transferred directly downward.

•

Using single lumber headers and top plates when appropriate.

○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○ ○

○

ADVANCED WALL FRAMING

• Use full foam sheathing over other ap proved wall bracing (e.g., metal strap ping, let-in wood 1x’s).

○

Written and prepared for the U.S. Department of Energy by:

Plywood soffit

○

Or refer to the Builder’s Guide Energy Efficient Building Association, Inc. 651-268-7585 www.eeba.org

○

16'- 2" 19'- 2"

○

Or visit the BTS Web site at www.eren.doe.gov/buildings

9'- 7"

○

Energy Efficiency and Renewable Energy Clearinghouse (EREC) 1-800-DOE-3732 www.eren.doe.gov

2 strips of plywood 4 feet wide and 1 strip 2 feet wide

TWO-FOOT MODULE DESIGN

○

SHEATHING Nailbase wooden structural panel sheathing— OSB and plywood—dominate the market. Properly installed wood structural wall panels not only provide resistance to racking (lateral load ing from wind, seismic, etc.), but also improve the “kickable” character of many structures.

• Provides support and grants to states and communities for deployment of energyefficient technologies and practices

BENEFITS FROM ADVANCED FRAMING Both builders and home owners can benefit from advanced framing. Advanced framing techniques create a structurally sound home that has lower material and labor costs than a conventionally framed house. Additional construction cost savings result from the generation of less waste that needs to be disposed of, which also helps the environment. Advanced framing improves energy efficiency by replacing lumber with insulation material. The whole-wall R-value is improved by reducing thermal bridging through the framing and maximizing the wall area that is insulated. Advanced framing techniques can be implemented individually or as a complete package, depending on the builder. Fully implementing advanced framing techniques can result in materials cost savings of about $500 or $1000 (for a 1,200- and 2,400-square-foot house, respectively), labor cost savings of between 3 and 5 percent, and annual heating and cooling cost savings of up to 5 percent.

Printed with a renewable-source ink on paper containing at least

50% wastepaper, including 20% postconsumer waste.

OFFICE OF BUILDING TECHNOLOGY, STATE AND COMMUNITY PROGRAMS ENERGY EFFICIENCY AND RENEWABLE ENERGY • U.S. DEPARTMENT OF ENERGY

October 2000 DOE/GO-102000-0770

10/30/00, 9:36 AM